A request to film Avengers: Doomsday scenes, submitted to a local UK council, includes mention of a returning location from a previous MCU film.
As BBC News reports, Marvel has requested permission to build a film set within Windsor Great Park, and asked the Royal Borough of Windsor and Maidenhead for use of the area in August.
Detailed plans for the set name it as a specific location seen in a recent MCU film that now looks set to return in Avengers: Doomsday — though some fans have suggested this still could be a decoy, as Marvel attempts to keep its famously secretive filming plans under wraps.
Warning! There may be Avengers: Doomsday spoilers ahead!
According to the plans, Marvel is seeking to build a set named Annie Reynolds' House within Windsor's park. And if you've seen Thunderbolts* / The New Avengers, that house name may sound familiar.
Annie Reynolds is the mother of Robert "Bob" Reynolds, the character who later becomes Sentry and his evil alter ego The Void. In the movie, viewers get multiple flashbacks showing Bob's troubled childhood, often spent in the attic of Annie's home. But the location is also used as the setting of a labyrinthine version of Bob's consciousness.
Of course, Bob aka Sentry has already been confirmed as returning within Avengers: Doomsday, so perhaps the return of his prison-like mind palace should not be a surprise. The last time we see Bob, during Thunderbolts' post-credits scene, the character has been left powerless, though this seems likely to change. But does the return of flashbacks to his childhood home suggest we'll be seeing The Void return as well?
While filming is only set to place at the location for one day in August, Marvel's plans request 10 weeks of access due to its need for construction (and deconstruction) afterwards — suggesting a relatively substantial set will be built.
Marvel recently delayed both Avengers: Doomsday and Avengers: Secret Wars to December 2026 and December 2027 respectively. The Fantastic Four: First Steps, Spider-Man: Brand New Day, and the two Avengers movies are currently the only upcoming MCU films with confirmed release dates.
Gears of War: Reloaded's upcoming beta weekend will now last a little longer and include more content as developer The Coalition responds to feedback from players.
"We heard you," the team said on social media. "More maps. More modes. More time."
As a result, this weekend's upcoming multiplayer beta has been extended — so the beta now runs from Friday June 20 at 12pm PDT to Sunday June 22 at 9pm PDT — and Execution has now joined the mode pool alongside King of the Hill on Gridlock, Raven Down (Courtyard and War Machine), and Canals. You'll also be able to play Team Deathmatch on the same maps via social matchmaking, with Gold Rush also in the pool.
That won't quite quell the issues some players had about server stability but to be honest, that's precisely what beta tests are for, right? Better to experience that instability now than when the game launches in a few weeks' time.
Last month Microsoft announced Gears of War: Reloaded, a remaster of the original 2006 game, will launch on August 26 on PC, Xbox, and yes, even PlayStation. The shiny new version will come with improved visuals and audio, crossplay, and cross-progression, and all the DLC from the Gears of War: Ultimate Edition.
As a little treat for the Gears of War faithful, Gears of War: Reloaded will be a free upgrade for any players who purchased the digital version of Gears of War: Ultimate Edition before the announcement. If you're one of the special ones, expect a code via a DM from Xbox ahead of the release.
"As we approach the 20th anniversary of Gears of War in 2026, we’re reflecting on what this franchise means. It’s about the stories we’ve told, the friendships we’ve built, and the unforgettable moments we’ve shared together. With Gears of War: Reloaded, we’re opening that door to more players than ever," Mike Crump, studio head at The Coalition, said at the time.
Vikki Blake is a reporter for IGN, as well as a critic, columnist, and consultant with 15+ years experience working with some of the world's biggest gaming sites and publications. She's also a Guardian, Spartan, Silent Hillian, Legend, and perpetually High Chaos. Find her at BlueSky.
Tons of Magic: The Gathering sealed products are on sale at Amazon right now. From commander decks and bundles to booster boxes and prerelease kits, there are plenty of options for any level of MTG player.
Aetherdrift, one of the latest expansions from 2025, is the main focus of the sale, but you can also pick up products from other sets like Tarkir: Dragonstorm and Bloomburrow.
Booster boxes are the perfect way to start and bolster your collection. The contents of a single collector booster pack vary by set, but here you can find exclusive foils, Japan Showcase cards, or a special serialized card. The booster box comes with 12 packs each with 15 cards inside and two foil box toppers (special art foil cards).
Aetherdrift Bundle $29.99 (44% off)
Bundles are a more affordabale way to jumpstart your collection. These typically include nine booster packs, a promotional or alternate art card, 40 extra basic land cards (20 foil, 20 regular), and a spindown life counter die. You can also use this as a card storage box.
Aetherdrift Prerelease Kit $22.95 (23% off)
Prerelease kits are usually sold the week before a set's wide release and contain a certain color or archetype that ties into the set's mechanic. There are often leftover kits for you to purchase after a prerelease event which contains a spindown life counter die, six booster packs, a foil premium stamped card, and one special promo card.
Aetherdrift Commander Deck - Living Energy $28.99 (36% off)
Commander is easily the most popular casual format among both new and old players. Whenever a new set is released, commander decks (100 card single-copy format) are released alongside it. The Living Energy Commander deck is one of these, which includes the full 100-card deck, two foil borderless Commander creatures, and a deck box.
Aetherdrift has dozens of borderless, Fracture Foil, First-Place Foil, and Showcase editions of main set cards, but these are the 10 most valuable.
From a competitive standpoint, not many of these see much play, although Ketramose, the New Dawn is the face of a hot new Modern combo deck.
And for you Commander players, this is a great chance to nab the elusive Radiant Lotus Fracture Foil or the Aetherspark First-Place Foil.
More Magic: The Gathering Deals
Aetherdrift isn't the only expansion getting discounts. Seemingly random products across older expansions, including pre-release kits and play booster boxes, have also gotten price drops on Amazon.
Keep in mind that older expansions may not be legal in current Standard play, so it's worth doing some research based on whether you're buying cards for a personal collection or competitive play.
After covering the big sale, I decided to go a bit further with my coverage and collect 10 of the most valuable cards available in play boosters and collector boosters, so you can track the best and most expensive chase cards from the set while ripping open your new boosters.
Magic: The Gathering - Final Fantasy Cards Are Also Available
If you managed to lock in a preorder before they vanished, congrats. For everyone else, here’s where you can still buy the Final Fantasy MTG cards now that the set has officially launched, such as the highly popular Starter Kit for $19.99, which Amazon just restocked again after it sold out just last week. Good luck - these go out of stock fast.
Marvel is reportedly already planning a sequel to The Fantastic Four: First Steps, despite the upcoming blockbuster still being more than a month from launch.
A Variety report states that an untitled Fantastic Four follow-up is one of several currently undated Marvel projects in development, alongside Ryan Coogler's Black Panther 3 and the long-delayed Blade reboot.
Word of a Fantastic Four sequel follows the announcement by Disney this week that it had scheduled a fourth Marvel film for launch in 2028 — without confirming what it will be. The mystery movie will arrive on December 15, 2028, Disney said, following three other Marvel launches currently scheduled for February, May and November that year.
While Disney's first new outing for The Fantastic Four is still to arrive, it makes sense that Marvel is already considering what's next for its heroes. The studio seems confident First Steps will land well with audiences, and has already announced the film's stars will be among the key players in the upcoming Avengers: Doomsday.
It's also worth considering what else Marvel might consider granting sequels to, after a mixed response to a number of projects from the past few MCU phases.
We already know Eternals is not getting a follow-up anytime soon, and it seems unlikely Marvel will be rushing to make sequels for Ant-Man and the Wasp: Quantumania, The Marvels, or Captain America: Brave New World considering their low box office performances. Of Marvel's recent hits, the Guardians of the Galaxy series feels likely to be rested, meanwhile, considering the departure of director James Gunn.
Fans have long hoped to see more of Shang-Chi, though it will have been five years since the character was last seen in the MCU by the time he returns in Avengers: Doomsday. Doctor Strange seems ripe for a follow-up, though his multiversal shenanigans would have felt better suited to the current MCU saga that's now coming to a close.
And what of Thor? The popular character's last film was widely considered something of a letdown — and actor Chris Hemsworth recently sparked speculation he might be ready to move on from the character, after posting an oddly-phrased message to fans.
So, of all Marvel's recent projects, a quick sequel to capitalise on the expected success of First Steps feels likely — as long as the film ends up delivering. For now, Marvel has its next two years planned out with Spider-Man: Brand New Day due July 31, 2026, Avengers Doomsday on December 18, 2026, and then Avengers: Secret Wars on December 17, 2027.
Tom Phillips is IGN's News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social
Rematch developer SloClap has issued an update on the lack of crossplay in the game, apologizing to fans and admitting it should have let players know it wouldn’t make launch earlier.
Now, in a blog post shared with the press to coincide with Rematch’s full launch today, June 19, SloClap explained what went wrong.
“We understand many of you were looking forward to playing Rematch across platforms from day one,” the studio said.
“We did our utmost to include crossplay at launch, but Rematch is the studio’s first crossplay title, and we faced unforeseen technical complexities which prevented us from having this feature ready in time. We should have communicated as soon as it became apparent that crossplay wouldn’t be available at launch, and we’re sorry for the inconvenience and frustration it caused to some of our players.
“It’s very important for us that our players are able to enjoy Rematch with their friends, so along with bugfixes, crossplay is our absolute highest priority, we're committed to delivering this feature swiftly, and we’ll share a more precise deadline as soon as possible. We already have a basic working version from a technical standpoint, but we need to implement the relevant interfaces, before debugging and polishing it, and finally passing console certifications successfully — all this takes time but we are doing our best to move forward quickly.”
Elsewhere in the post, SloClap addressed the performance issues that affected the early access launch, saying fixing them is a priority. These include lag, stuttering, and frame drops affecting gameplay. Server and client desync has been impacting match quality, too.
“For instance, we are aware of issues where players would sometimes be unable to interact with the ball, with player characters and the ball seemingly moving across the pitch unpredictably,” SloClap said. It’s on the case. And then there is work being done to squash game-breaking bugs that cause crashes, freezes after goals, and menu lockouts.
Besides these issues, SloClap said it’s working on upcoming updates, “with plenty of cool content and features we want to bring to the game.” The four main areas of focus are core gameplay changes, competitive features (tournament system, a leaderboard system for players above Elite ranking, as well as a club creation system), social components (crossplay is the big one, but others include being able to spectate your squad’s game when you join a squad, and allowing players to team up and rematch with teammates they enjoyed playing with), and casual play features such as AI-controlled bots so players can train with and against AIs.
SloClap concluded its post by pointing out that it is a small studio and all the features it has outlined will take time to come out. “Please remember that we are not a huge team, and that these features take time, so don’t expect all this by the end of the year!” it said.
Despite the launch issues and lack of crossplay, Rematch is well-received on Steam, where it has a 'mostly positive' user review rating. At the time of this article's publication, Rematch has 35,595 concurrent players on Valve's platform, a number that looks set to rise as the game heads into its first weekend.
Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.
Capcom has announced a Spotlight digital event set for next week, when it will show more of Resident Evil Requiem, Pragmata, Monster Hunter Wilds, and Street Fighter 6.
The Capcom Spotlight livestream is set for 3pm PT / 11pm UK time on Thursday, June 26, and will last 40 minutes.
Capcom said to expect the “latest news” on the company’s upcoming games, as well as interviews with the developers. Specifically, Monster Hunter Wilds fans will get details on Title Update 2, which is set to release at the end of the month.
Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.
Rather than mess with the Ornithopters themselves, the developer simply deployed a patch so "players no longer receive damage when hit by vehicles."
As PC Gamer points out, this is fine in theory, as it means you're not only protected by griefers determined to squish you like a bug in PvP, but it also protects you from wiping out on your sandbike, especially if you accidentally send yourself rocketing off the side of a cliff, for instance.
And though hundreds of players have upvoted a post on the subreddit that confirms the change, some point out that griefers have simply changed tactics rather than stop griefing altogether.
"The[y] need to decrease top speed when using rockets. They need to increase top speed when using thrusters. PvP should be about control, not ganking. You use rockets to take or hold a landmark, not to hunt people. That would solve a ton," said one player.
"Scouts shouldn’t have rockets," suggested another. "I’ve killed so many people with them and I shouldn’t be this fast or efficient. Assaults should have the rockets, because they’re slow and need constant input to out manoeuvre someone. Scouts should be storage and scanning."
"Is that good? I'm not sure. I think it would have been preferable if both took damage. The Thopter not taking any damage doesn't stop people being annoying with it," added another.
They're not wrong. The only thing that can shoot down an Orni is a rocket launcher or Lasguns, but both of those are Tier 6-exclusive weapons and take some time to unlock.
It also means you can't expedite fights with NPCs by ramming them with your vehicle, either. But hey, it's better than how it was before, right?
We gave Dune: Awakening a Great 8/10 in our review, writing: "Dune: Awakening is an excellent survival MMO that captures Frank Herbet’s sci-fi world incredibly well, mostly to its advantage and occasionally to its detriment. The survival climb from dehydrated peasant to powerful warlord of Arrakis is a joy almost every step of the way, and the story and worldbuilding filled this nerd with absolute joy.
"There’s still plenty for Awakening to work on though, as its combat never really hits its stride, the endgame is a bit of a chaotic mess not worth the effort, and there’s quite a few technical bugs yet to be squashed, but even these rough patches felt like tiny desert mice next to the leviathan shai-huluds that are this survival game’s wonderful successes."
Vikki Blake is a reporter for IGN, as well as a critic, columnist, and consultant with 15+ years experience working with some of the world's biggest gaming sites and publications. She's also a Guardian, Spartan, Silent Hillian, Legend, and perpetually High Chaos. Find her at BlueSky.
Doctor Who showrunner Russell T Davies has said he still doesn't know whether the series will be renewed for a new season in the immediate future, as the flagship BBC show's status grows increasingly unclear.
Amid a mixed response to Doctor Who's current era, and a growing sense that Disney's recent co-production deal will not be renewed, fans have been left waiting to find out if and when the veteran sci-fi series will return.
Writing in the latest issue of Doctor Who Magazine, in a regular column where the showrunner reveals details of the series' ongoing production, Davies admitted there was little currently to cover.
"We don't know what's happening yet," Davies admitted, "and while everyone works that out, I'll take a pause on this page... Hopefully, we'll have news soon."
In a statement to Variety, a production source confirmed the show was currently on a "pause."
Analysis of Doctor Who's viewing figures by Variety shows a decline of 500,000 viewers from Gatwa's first season to the next, with the era down a further 1.7 million viewers from episodes starring previous Doctor Jodie Whittaker.
Davies has previously claimed the plan had always been for Disney to decide whether to continue co-financing new episodes of Doctor Who after the conclusion of its latest season. However, the showrunner has also said the plan was for a new season of Doctor Who to be made on an annual basis — and it's clear from the current production hiatus that this is no longer the case.
Next up for Doctor Who fans is a spin-off miniseries, The War Between The Land and The Sea, which has already been filmed and is expected to debut in 2026. Last week, the BBC announced early plans for another spin-off — an animated series for UK children's channel CBeebies — but with a production partner yet to be found, this sounds even further off. There's also no word on which Doctor this will focus on — or whether the character will even appear.
With no sign of production resuming on the main Doctor Who series in the near future, fans expect new episodes of the series will now not appear until 2027.
Photo by Dave Benett/Getty Images for The Newt in Somerset & Burberry.
Tom Phillips is IGN's News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social
Have you ever tried to land a 747 in a crosswind using a plastic yoke that feels like it came from a cereal box? I have. And let me tell you, it's about as unpalatable as the food I imagine my AI flight attendants are serving to the NPCs spawned behind me in virtual Economy Class.
As a seasoned Microsoft Flight Sim flyboy, from MS-DOS to MS 2024, I've weathered many storms (both virtual and real) armed with peripherals that ranged from "modern but meh" to "how come I'm still using this 1997-era Sidewinder?"
Today, I’m finally excited about something new: the Moza AY210 Yoke Base and MFY Handle, a force feedback enabled experience that I've waited far too many years to feel again (thanks to patent hoarding).
The TL;DR headline on this bundle: these premium peripherals soared high in every test I threw at them and feel well worth the hefty price of admission. Speaking of which, we should get those details out of the way early. If you want to skip the window shop, click here to continue to my thoughts.
Moza Flight Test Gear
All About That Base
Despite its intimidating footprint and weight, setting up the Moza AY210 and MFY Yoke is a breeze. The AY210 base offers versatile mounting options, including desktop mounting, suspended desktop clamping, direct installation on simulator cockpits, and aluminium profile mounts, ensuring compatibility with various setups and user preferences. The MFY Yoke has a quick-release mechanism, too, allowing for easy attachment and detachment, facilitating swift transitions between different control setups.
Plug, Play, and Pilot
One of my biggest gripes with flight sim gear is the software compatibility maze. You know the drill: download drivers, update firmware, sacrifice a goat under a full moon, etc. But with the AY210, setup was refreshingly straightforward.
The base connects seamlessly via USB, and the Moza Pit House software recognises it instantly. No arcane rituals required. Plus, it's part of an ecosystem that will make it compatible with a range of yokes and accessories, making it a versatile addition to any cockpit.
Solid as a Rock
When it comes to flight sim gear, the Moza AY210 Force Feedback Yoke Base and MFY Yoke are built like the proverbial brick outhouse. The AY210's all-aluminium alloy construction isn't just for show; it provides exceptional durability and a professional aesthetic. Weighing in at a hefty 8kg, this chonky beast provided me with some serious stability during my more maniacal manoeuvres, ensuring it stayed put even during my most turbulent and ill-advised “Sky King”-like joy flights.
As expected, the MFY Yoke complements the base perfectly. Crafted from high-strength PA66 composite materials, it combines exceptional durability with extensive customisation options. The aluminium alloy quick-release mechanism adds premium functionality while maintaining structural integrity, reflecting Moza's commitment to durability without compromising on weight.
In short, the Moza AY210 and MFY Yoke are a testament to robust engineering and the reasonable replication of real-life controls. They're not just peripherals; they're reliable co-pilots that can withstand the rigours of any flight simulation session. Whether you're navigating through a storm or executing a perfect landing, I think these components deliver stable and immersive experiences.
Performance: Feel the Force (Feedback)
When it comes to flight simulation, the Moza AY210 Force Feedback Yoke Base and MFY Yoke let you feel as close to real flying as you can get without leaving your chair (or getting a bank loan for a trainer-level setup). The AY210's 9 Nm of torque and 210 N of push force provide a tactile feedback that accurately simulates various aircraft types, from light planes to commercial airliners. I loved feeling every nuance of flight, from the resistance of the controls during a steep climb to the nerve-shredding vibrations of escalating turbulence.
The 150 mm of travel distance allows for precise control inputs, making every manoeuvre feel real-life legit (I imagine). The 15-bit magnetic encoder ensures that every subtle input registers with near-zero latency, creating an exceptionally responsive experience that my fellow salty veterans will appreciate.
Meanwhile, the Hall Effect joysticks of the MFY provide precise, drift-free performance, ensuring that your inputs remain accurate over time. I couldn’t spot any bad eggs in the 34 configurable inputs on offer, plus you can tailor the setup to match your flying style, whether you're a casual Cessna enthusiast or you’re schlepping a few hundred souls across an ocean or two.
Basically, the Moza AY210 and MFY Yoke never skipped a beat for me. They offered a performance that elevated the immersion factor of my simming to a whole new height. Just a game-changer feeling that I probably can’t downgrade back from now.
Customisation: Your Cockpit, Your Rules
If you like to tinker, Moza’s Pit House software is a robust tool that will empower your wildest preferences. With up to 15 adjustable force feedback settings, I could fine-tune aspects such as mechanical friction and road feel sensitivity, allowing for less wrist-taxing, chill flight sessions (or shock and awe FFB demos for my non-flight-sim friends).
Additionally, the software offers customisable RGB lighting options, allowing you to personalise the aesthetic of your cockpit setup. I’m not one to stare downwards at my controls much (if at all), but it’s nice to know the feature is both there and incredibly easy to set up/change at will with multiple presets.
Flying High
In the world of flight simulation, peripherals can make or break your realism. The Moza AY210 and MFY Yoke bundle stick the landing in this regard. Offering a blend of durability, performance, and customisation, I reckon this duo is a must-have for any serious pilot. If, like me, you’ve been hungering for decades for that next generation of FFB flight gear, this is your first-class ticket to having a much better time.
Adam Mathew is our Aussie deals wrangler. He plays practically everything, often on YouTube.
This year, Flexispot has kicked off its 4th of July Sale extra early with discounts across its entire site as well as tiered coupon codes. Flexispot has established a reputation for producing quality electric standing desks with premium features at a fraction of the price compared to other reputable brands. We like Flexispot because it offers quality electric standing desks with all the features you'd want at a fraction of the price compared to other more well-known models. We rated Flexispot's highest- end model, the E7 Pro, the best overall standing desk of 2025.
Since then, the company has branched out to other types of furniture, including office chairs, sofas, recliners, and even mattresses. These are, in a nutshell, well-made replicas of other far pricier products, and if you prioritize value over brand loyalty, then you're bound to save a lot of money by picking up one of these deals.
Flexispot 4th of July Coupon Codes
$30 off orders $500+ with code "J4FS30"
$60 off orders $800+ with code "J4FS60"
$100 off orders $1,000+ with code "J4FS100"
$200 off orders $2,000+ with code "J4FS200"
Featured in this article
You can quickly browse through all of the listed products on sale above. For more information on each product and why they are worth your consideration, read through below.
The E7 Pro is the creme de la creme of Flexispot's standing desks. It's recent released so it isn't nearly as heavily discounted as the other models. Currently it costs $399.99 (normally $599.99) for the base only and desktop surfaces start at $80. The E7 Pro features the best build quality of the three listed here, and it certainly shows with a weight capacity of a whopping 440lbs. Flexispot claims the motor for the E7 Pro is superior to the standard dual motor setup you'll find in the E5 and E7 and other brands, offering smoother and faster movement. You also get more cable management options included than even the E7. The Flexispot E7 Pro comes with an extended 15-year warranty on all metal, mechanical, and electrical parts and components, including the motor.
Flexispot E5 Desk starting at $179.99
The Flexispot E5 desk is, in my opinion, the best value electric standing desk while still offering all the premium features you'd want. Right now it costs $199.99 (normally $379.99) for the base only and desktop surfaces start at $80. The Flexispot E5 is the least expensive model featuring dual motors, which are preferred over a single motor because they can support more weight (in this case 287lbs max) and they last longer because the stress is evenly distributed. The desktop is supported by a double crossbeam structure so that your surface is evenly supported to prevent any sagging. Most standing desks in this price range only have legs with a two-stage column, but this one features a three-stage column, which supports a greater vertical range (in this case 23.6" to 49.2"). An anti-collision feature, a must-have in all desks, will stop the desk when it detects obstruction of the motor. Finally, the keypad controls offer three memory presets and a timer to remind you when to swap sit/stand positions. The E5 comes with a 10-year warranty.
Flexispot E7 Desk starting at $299.99
The E7 currently costs $299.99 (normally $499.99) for the base only and desktop surfaces start at $80. For an extra $140, the Flexispot E7 offers better build quality, a higher weight threshold, more included accessories, and a longer warranty. The lifting capacity has been upgraded from 287lbs to 355lbs. Aesthetically, the legs look more professional, with laser-welded seams, powder-coated finish, and no visible holes. The advanced keyboard has been upgraded with an LCD display, more memory presets, a built-in USB charger, and a child-lock function that's a necessity for those of us with inquisitive toddlers. The E7 also comes with a built-in cable tray under the desk to stow away all of your messy wiring. The Flexispot E7 comes with a 15 year warranty like the E7 Pro.
Flexispot E7L L-Shaped Desk starting at $499.99
An L-shaped desk is the best way to take advantage of room corners that are otherwise hard to utilize efficiently. Fortunately, Flexispot makes an L-shaped variant of its E7 desk, with the frame starting at $449.99. You'll only need to add $80 to get a 63"x47"x24" chipboard desktop surface included. The desk boasts a triple motor system (one for each leg) with a maximum weight capacity is 330 pounds and a height range of 25" to 50.7". The keyboard features a digital display, four memory presets, a built-in USB charger, and a child-lock function. Like the E7, the E7L includes a 15 year warranty.
Flexispot C7 Ergonomic Chair for $349.99
The Flexispot C7 offers a ton of features that are typically reserved for much more expensive chairs. This includes an automatically adjusting lumbar system, adjustable seat depth, adjustable armrests, adjustable seat tilt, adjustable headrest, 128 degrees of recline, and more. There's also a C7 Max Ergonomic Chair available starting at $450 which features a thicker seat cushion, greater recline adjustability, and 5D armrests, and the option to add a built-in footrest.
Flexispot Japanese Joinery Bed Frame starting at $349.99
You've probably heard of Thuma, a pricey manufacturer of bed frames that use traditional Japanese joinery instead of screws. Flexispot has a very similar product that employs the same joinery techniques, is made of the same solid rubberwood material, and nearly the same weight capacity (1,200lbs vs 1,500 lbs), but costs only a third of the price. The Flexispot Kana Bed Frame starts at $349.99 for the full size with queen and king sizes also available. You can opt to add in a solid rubberwood headboard for an additional $270 or a washable linen pillowboard for $280.
Flexispot Premier Hybrid Mattress starting at $349.99
Continuing down the bedroom lineup, Flexispot also carries a "premier hybrid mattress" that borrows its name from the more well known Nectar Premier Hybrid Mattress. However, while Nectar's queen-sized mattress starts at $1,100, Flexispot sells its version for only $399.99. The construction is remarkably similar as well, which includes 5 total inches of foam (2" of gel foam, 2" of gel memory foam, and 1" PU foam), as well as 8 inches of individually wrapped pocket coils.
Flexispot Lotus Electric Rocker Recliner starting at $519.99
Flexispot now sells sectionals, sofas, and recliners at affordable prices. The Lotus Smart Rocker is a pretty sweet addition to your gaming den, especially if you opt for the electric version starting at $519.99. It's available in both fabric and PU leather upholstery and features full electric reclinability. It can also swivel up to 270 degrees and has a smooth rocking function. There are USB ports for charging your phone, tablet, or gaming handheld, and even a handy storage cubby.
Consider getting a desk frame here and the desktop surface elsewhere
I have three standing desks. One of the standing desks included a desktop, however for the other two desks I sourced on my own. For one of them I purchased a massive 74"x26" maple veneered countertop from Ikea for $199. For the other one I purchased a 48"x25" solid wood countertop from Home Depot and finished it myself. There are more options available where you could save money, opt for a better quality material, or both. Just remember to abide by the weight limitations.
How does Flexispot compare to other brands?
I can only speak from personal experience. I own a Jarvis Fully, a Vari Ergo, and a Flexispot E5. All three are excellent desks that have caused me no problems whatsoever in the 3+ years of owning them, and that's the point. The Flexispot E5 is considerably less expensive than the other two options, and yet I don't really see where much of that cost is going. For a similar price of a barebones $600 Jarvis standing desk (which is now owned by MillerKnoll), you could get the top end Flexispot E7 Pro and still come out with a few hundred dollars left over.
Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn't hunting for deals for other people at work, he's hunting for deals for himself during his free time.
You never know what’ll surface during a midweek rummage through the online shelves. One minute you’re idly scrolling, the next you’re staring down an 80 percent discount on a cult classic or a controller colour you didn’t know you needed. This week’s haul spans all platforms and price points, so let's get scrolling and saving.
This Day in Gaming 🎂
In retro news, I'm celebrating the 24th birthday of NBA Street, the progenitor of a small b-ball empire that launch PS2 owners like myself dug a little bit more than we ought to (because bugger all games to buy). While it was no NBA Jam TE, we sure did love doing triple-hook-up alley-oops, and dunking the ring into utter disrepair by match end. Also, unlike the aforementioned arcade darling, NBA Street held a pretty sweet Michael Jordan cameo.
Nintendo gets weird and wonderful with Everybody 1-2-Switch!, a game so bizarre in tone that it was originally tested on families and influencers to see if it could possibly pass for fun. Meanwhile, Monster Boy and the Cursed Kingdom is a stunning homage to the Wonder Boy series, built with help from the original creator, Ryuichi Nishizawa.
Over on Xbox Series X, the soon-to-release Metaphor: ReFantazio is half-price already. Atlus staff admitted they debated for weeks over whether to keep the horse-shaped mech in the final build. The Witcher 3: Complete Edition also returns at a slashed price, and yes, Geralt’s bathtub pose was so iconic that CDPR recreated it in the Cyberpunk 2077 DLC, just for fun.
PlayStation players can nab Tales of Arise on PS5 for a steal, a game Bandai Namco internally codenamed “Arise-rpg-RYOKO” during development, in honour of an office dog. And for DualSense diehards, the fancy colours are down to near budget controller levels.
Finally, PC users should consider Norco, a Southern Gothic point-and-click whose devs studied regional dialects to make dialogue sound locally authentic. Or grab Rayman Legends, a platformer so rhythmic that some levels were literally scored and animated to music first, gameplay second.
It's all well and good grabbing ridiculously expensive Pokémon TCG cards regardless of the climate, and I'm absolutely writhing in jealousy at those who can.
But imagine going back in time and pulling one of those epic chase cards straight off the shelf? Of course, you could today if you hate your bank account that much, but what about the most expensive Pokémon cards in packs right now?
I'm talking about Pokémon TCG bangers that you can pull in a booster pack today, and there are loads. We're focusing on Destined Rivals, Prismatic Evolutions, Twilight Masquerade, and Surging Sparks for today, so let's have a deeper look at the mad bangers you could pull from an in-print Pokémon TCG booster pack.
Just to note, the chances of pulling these cards are extremely slim, so if you plan on spending massive amounts of money on Booster Bundles, Booster Boxes, and ETBs, bear in mind that the actual value of the card itself is usually cheaper than ripping packs. Unless you're mega lucky, of course.
10: Lillie's Clefairy ex - 184/159
Whilst Lillie's Clefairy ex SIR is considered the main chase card of Journey Together, it's quite affordable now. Due to the overhype surrounding this set and scalpers not being able to get the same astronomical amounts for it, this card soon crashed to around the $150 mark. It's a gorgeous card and a no brainer decision for your binder.
9: Team Rocket's Moltres ex - 229/182
How can anyone not love this card? It's got action, stunning detail and eye popping color that represents the Team Rocket vibe of Destined Rivals perfectly. It's a beast in battle too, with Flame Screen doing 110 damage whilst reducing damage from the opposing Pokémon by 50.
Evil Incineration allows trainers to discard a Team Rocket's Energy in order to immidiately discard an opposing active Pokémon and all attached card. Play this right and it could turn battles on their heads, especially because its a basic Pokémon, so it can be built up straight away on a trainers bench without evolution mechanics getting in the way.
8: Latias ex - 239/191
Sharing a dual artwork with Latios Illustration Rare, Latais ex is holding it's value of nearly $200 and is an absolute stunner playing on a sunset background with Latios.
It's ability allows you to switch out basic Pokémon to hit swiftly with Eon blade, which does 200 damage and stops it from attacking next turn. All trainers need to do is survive the next turn and switch out with another Pokémon for free. Rinse and repeat, love to see it.
7: Roaring Moon ex - 162/131
Roaring Moon ex SIR has held it's value out of the gate since Prismatic Evolutions dropped, which is frankly amazing. The linework in this card is ridiculously intricate, giving it that cave painting vibe that goes well with ancient Pokémon found deep in Area Zero, Paldea.
It's a cool moment too, seeing Roaring Moon seemingly escaping some sort of cosmic calamity. The more you look at it the better it gets.
6: Cynthia's Garchomp ex - 232/182
I'm calling Destined Rivals as the best Scarlet and Violet set for it sheer amount of detailed and expresive artwork, and Cynthia's Garchomp ex SIR is a fantastic example of this.
With calls to the Pokémon League in the early anime (See the fire lamps at the top of the stadium) and big screen behind trainers on platforms, Garchomp can be seen lunging forward and breaking ground as it goes. Amazing card and well worth the money.
5: Pikachu ex - 238/191
Pikachu ex SIR is partially to blame for the Pokémon TCG boom that kicked off at the end of October 2024 and is still going today. After peaking at $485 at the end of 2024, it's finally stabalized at a much for reasonable $295 at the time of writing.
It's a good time to snap it up, if you've got the cash, but the amount of nostalgia and detailed yet soft artwork on this card will make it climb back up as we move away from the Scarlet and Violet era over the years to come.
4: Ethan's Ho-Oh ex - 230/182
This was one of my main chase cards from Destined Rivals, just look at it. Not only have we got mental amounts of nostalgia for Pokémon Gold and Silver OGs, but it reminds me so much of the first ever episode of Pokémon when Ho-Oh was revealed for the first time (which was before Pokémon Gold and Silver released). It's a stunning illustration that means so much to plenty of trainers, and I half expected the $300 market value before release.
3: Greninja ex - 214/167
Greninja ex SIR is my favorite in this article as I have it graded in a 10 and I'm being completely bias. Joking aside (I'm not) but this is one of the best artworks outside of Prismatic Evolutions in the Scarlet and Violet era.
Twilight Masquerade was a slept on set in my opinion, but the chances of pulling this are stacked. If you have the money upfront, i'd put it into this card instead of trying to rip packs. But I also obviously hate having fun, so the choice is yours.
2: Team Rocket's Mewtwo ex - 231/182
What a beast of a card! Mewtwo ex SIR captured that Mewtwo's Revenge energy so hard, immense amounts of nostalgia in this card for me. It looks like everyone agrees considering it's currently over $450. Destined Rivals cards are up and down day after day, so no doubt we'll see this settle at a cheaper pricepoint before it crossed the vintage checkpoint in years to come.
1: Umbreon ex - 161/131
We always knew it was going to be insanely priced, and we needed a cheaper Umbreon chase card after Umbreon VMAX (Moonbreon).
Granted, it's still a mental market price, and over $1,000. But it won't get cheaper solely because it's Umbreon and almost anything linked to this dark type Eeveelution holds it's value, trust me on this.
If you're brave enough to drop $1,000 on Prismatic Eeveelutions boosters, or even this card standalone, I salute your efforts, and your bank account.
Honorable Mentions: Even More Eeveelutions
The money in Prismatic Evolution chase cards is insane, and it always will be, which is why the rest of the Eeveelutions need a dedicated section to themselves! These could've dominated the whole article, otherwise.
For starters, Glaceon ex SIR is a stunner, but I always prefer seeing Pokémon cards with a bit of movement and action in them. I have to say though, the ornate ice patterns and overall terastalisation of Glaceon is dipicted so well. It's also one of the less eye-wateringly expensive Eeveelution cards from Prismatic Evolutions at the minute.
Keeping up the trend is one of my favorites, Jolteon ex SIR from Prismatic Evolutions. There's been some banger Jolteon Cards in the past, for me that would be Jolteon from the Brilliant Stars Trainer Gallery and the Jolteon V Sword and Shield Promo Card, but this one has unlimited energy. Just look at how expressive this card is, perfectly showcasing Jolteons speed and agility with one of the coolest backgrounds i've seen in a Pokémon card.
The cell shading mixed with comic book artstyle of Vaporeon ex SIR from Prismatic Evolutions is a stunner. Just look at how light is captured in every drop of water and crystal. Plus I think this is one of the cutest depictions of this water-type Eeveelution we've had for some time. Absolute banger of a card and would do a flip terribly if I pulled this beast.
Another beautiful pastel artwork with Espeon ex SIR. On top of Espeon being a fan favorite, it's easy to see why this card is now over $300. I've never seen that many shades of purple in such a small space before, such a stunning piece of art, imagine pulling this, getting a 10 then getting it in your slabbed collection? Stuff of dreams.
I love me a good woodblock print, and Leafeon ex SIR gives me massive tradition Japanese art vibes. The bold colours, thick lines and the overall beauty of this makes it worth the price tag.Verdant storm for a grass and colourless energy can be devestating too, 60 x damage for every energy attached to all of your opponents Pokémon. Lethal!
It's such a shame Fairy typing didn't come back for Sylveon ex SIR, because I can't think of a more Fairy type Pokémon card ever. It's another stunner with a cute stance and a pastel color pallete that just makes it. There's that much pink it just works, a fantastic card and its easy to see why it's over $400, especially as it's one of the most popular Eeveelutions.
Christian Wait is a contributing freelancer for IGN covering everything collectable and deals. Christian has over 7 years of experience in the Gaming and Tech industry with bylines at Mashable and Pocket-Tactics. Christian also makes hand-painted collectibles for Saber Miniatures. Christian is also the author of "Pokemon Ultimate Unofficial Gaming Guide by GamesWarrior". Find Christian on X @ChrisReggieWait.
The 2021 relaunch of Splitgate solidified that Valve-style portals and old-school arena shooters are two great tastes that taste great together. Splitgate 2 carries that same great melding of run-and-gun action and tactical trickery that helped the original plant its flag in the genre, so it’s starting from a good place. Only problem is, it never makes much net progress from there. Even though the addition of character classes and a wider range of power weapons help bring Splitgate 2 through a new threshold of promise, some of the other shots it takes through the looking glass loop around to bite it from behind and have made me a bit less enthusiastic about the time I’ve spent with this free-to-play followup.
Visually, quite a bit has changed relative to the original. Gone is the muted, more industrial look of the battle venues, replaced by lots of vibrant colors and brighter lighting. That all makes it look less distinctive and more like the many games trying to catch the eye of Fortnite players. In the trade up from the grubby metal walls to the cleaner, sleeker surfaces, Splitgate 2 is also absent of the more interesting features that made the original’s maps interesting and memorable. Features like deserts and trees that would be smack-dab in the middle of a map (like in one of my favorites, Oasis) are now relegated to background decorations, and every surface you’ll actually run and gun across feels samey across the 15 map options.
Technically you can fix that problem yourself using the returning map creator mode, now called The Lab, which is powerful enough that it’s already filled with dozens and dozens of fan-made recreations of famous PvP maps from bigger games. To be fair there are some more interesting and original user creations that serve as great side shows to the main action. But most of these that I tried felt too gimmicky to be considered good replacements for the developer-made maps as far as having consistent and competitive rounds of the standard modes (to the extent that's possible considering there’s no ranked mode currently available). It’s also spreading the community a bit thin. I had a pretty hard time getting strangers to queue for some of the wackier-looking options, often sitting in lobbies alone for long periods of time in hopes some other curious Splitgaters would stumble in. I was often disappointed.
Splitgate 2’s biggest win, though, is in gameplay tweaks that have a huge impact on pacing from match to match. The signature portals are still the X-factor, allowing you to create paths between two points on the map on the fly. Once you wrap your head around how they work they are fantastic tools for setting up ambushes, tricky getaways, and even manipulating physics to slingshot you across the map. I mostly use them here like I did in 2021, pulling off one-man flanks on jerks attempting to take my team's objectives. This time, though, it only takes one button to create both ends of your personal wormhole when shot in succession, making them much more convenient to use. It comes at a slight cost, in that opening one of your portals on top of an enemy’s is the only way to close theirs, and that can force you to close off your own routes. But after logging over a dozen hours, I much prefer this minor drawback over the anti-portal grenades of yesteryear.
The standard arsenal isn’t very imaginative, but the power weapons are awesome.
Movement always felt smooth, quick, and controlled in Splitgate thanks to its fast (but not too fast) sprinting and limited jetpacks. In Splitgate 2, both of these things combine with a new slide mechanic to make getting around the maps feel like I remember being able to move in my best rounds of Titanfall. The jetpack seems more powerful, with more lift before cooldown than the original’s version. Being able to stay aloft for longer means firefights more often begin or end in the air, adding a level of dynamism that makes every skirmish a challenge at every angle.
The standard arsenal isn’t much different than the original, though, which is a shame because it’s not very imaginative. Most weapons have slick futuristic curves and color schemes but function exactly like the assault rifles, SMGs, and carbines you’ve wielded in too many other games to count, and I wasn’t motivated to do much exploration of the options or customization of loadout presets because of that constant sense of deja vu. They really just make me want to sprint to grab power weapons, which spawn with some fanfare on neutral points during matches, as soon as possible. These returning super guns have gotten a couple of notable additions to their lineup, including my favorite: a pair of machine pistols that can be combined to form a longer machine gun when aiming down the sights. These are all awesome, game-changing weapons that are worth the effort to secure every time they’re available.
Mechanically, the biggest change to the way Splitgate 2 plays is the addition of three character classes, which are presented as avatars of competing corporate entities who settle their differences in this futuristic sport of gun-toting portal slipping. Sabrask, Meridian, and Aeros all have their own unique active abilities, like Meridian’s Hypersight, which reveals enemies around you for a short period, or Aeros’ Rush that gives everyones movement, reload, and regen a speed boost. My favorite is Sabrask’s Smart Wall, which plops a one-way bullet shield that protects anyone standing behind it while keeping them free to shoot through it at the enemy (much like a deployable version of Reinhardt’s shield in Overwatch). They each also have passive effects that they can grant their whole team simply by being present, incentivizing teams to have at least one of each in play. That means actives are more obviously impactful than the passives, largely because I’ve yet to play a game where every team involved wasn’t receiving boosted health regen from Meridian and faster ability and equipment recharges from Aeros and Sabrask, respectively. Is it really a “boost” if it’s basically the standard?
I think there’s an argument to be made that the choice to forgo class-based, hero shooter-y design was a keystone of the monument to the past’s simpler shooters that the original Splitgate was building. It meant all of us started from the same base capabilities and had to earn every advantage during a match, and there’s validity to that. I am sympathetic to this old-school Halo-style mentality, but I've come to prefer the diversity of these three new classes, which add just enough tactical expression to give old people like me a chance against fast-twitch no-scoping youth so long as I can out-think them.
Regardless of mode, matches are almost always more fun on smaller maps.
Part of that is because Splitgate 2 matches, regardless of the mode you’re playing, are almost always more fun on smaller maps. They may not be as interesting as the maps in Splitgate, but at least they are built to take the most advantage of portaling in a way that ensures you’re never too far from the action. Larger maps, like the ones found in the three-team, 24-player Onslaught game types, can feel almost lonely because you have to run a fair distance to find some other players exchanging fire before plotting your portal game.
Across the board, though, it strikes me as odd that maps seem to deemphasize the advantage that using portals in combat would have. So many objectives sit in places completely hidden from a portal wall, and it felt much more difficult to use portals for aggressive pushes. Fortunately for me, someone who mostly uses portals to set traps and for escapes, and I felt like Splitgate 2’s layouts firmly establish that my more passive approach is the right way to play. Firstly, thank you so much for the 1047 Games. But secondly, this means that offensive strikes on objectives – especially the ones you have to hunker down on like in Firecracker or Domination – happen with the kinds of jetpack assaults and high-energy flanks that you could do anywhere else, from Tribes on down. Even modes that require lots of movement or rotating objectives, like Splitball and Hotzone, don’t afford many more opportunities to use the feature in a way that couldn’t be done without it. The most damning realization of this came when I was playing one of the limited-time No Portals playlist maps and realizing my games didn’t feel all that different without that supposedly defining ability.
Finally, the big new marquee feature of Splitgate 2 is the battle royale mode, and it operates mostly as expected: many teams of four drop into a semi-random zone on the map and fight each other to be the last squad standing. The wrinkle it adds to the genre (besides portals) is that the greater map is made up of four smaller maps connected to one another by jump paths and tunnels. These maps are styled as different environments – there's a snowy zone and a lava zone, for instance – so it’s easy to communicate which one you’re talking about when planning with your team. Splitgate 2’s version of the storm closing in around you is shutting down one of these regions, forcing all surviving squads toward each other in a shrinking set of rooms; the effect is mostly the same.
What’s disappointing is that the different locations aren’t all that mechanically unique, so fights play out the same way no matter where you are. You certainly don’t want to have shoot outs while knee deep in magma, but when determining which zone to move to next, the potential hazards of the environment was never a top factor. And here, like in the other modes, Portals only come into play a bit, usually to move across long distances quickly, but not very much in the heat of battle. All in all, I didn’t find much going on in this battle royale worth steering your drop bus away from your current favorite for.
Pixar's Elio, a new coming-of-age adventure tale from the studio that exceeds at coming-of-age adventure tales, hits theaters June 20th. And with the acclaimed animation house's latest entry comes a window of opportunity to look back at the company's 30 years (!) of storytelling and pluck out the best of the best. What are the best Pixar movies? Read on...
From living toys to missing fish to rats with culinary expertise, Pixar's run (so far) is unparalleled, delivering iconic animated characters, thrilling odysseys, and moments that instantly melt your heart. We're taking it all in here. All the Cars, Monsters, Bugs, Toys, Incredibles, and more so that we can properly rank Pixar's full catalogue. Agree? Disagree? Don't care because there are more important things in life? We got you. Check out our ranking of the Pixar movies, from least-good to cinematic bliss...
28. Cars 3 (2017)
As the second Pixar franchise to get a third movie, Cars is a great example of the more traditional disconnect between kids and grownups when it comes to blockbuster animation. Cars is a merchandise cash cow, but it's also the studio's brand that's left the most older viewers cold. Cars 3 goes the Rocky Balboa comeback route for a more internalized story about Lightning McQueen's doubt and fear when pitted against a younger, faster generation of racers. Generally, Cars 3 is lauded for being the deepest, most introspective entry of the three, with the consensus being that it's the Cars flick most aimed at adult Pixar fans. Still, Cars 3 came about at a time when viewers wanted either new Pixar products and/or sequels to better Pixar movies.
27. Lightyear (2022)
Presented as a movie-within-a-movie, making for an unnecessarily awkward connection to the Buzz Lightyear doll and the Toy Story films, Lightyear was meant to mark Pixar's big return to theaters after Soul, Luca, and Turning Red were all streaming-only exclusives. And it landed with a dud. Striking visuals and a strong voice cast -- featuring Chris Evans, Keke Palmer, and Taika Waititi -- weren't enough to make up for a weak story and the bizarre meta-concept that this was the movie, or type of movie, Toy Story's Andy saw as a kid that made him covet a Buzz Lightyear toy. Ultimately, it's a thin origin story that will never pay dividends because it's part of a different franchise's toy line.
26. Finding Dory (2016)
After a half decade of mostly sequels, and two originals that fell short of expectations, Finding Dory brings back friends-not-food Marlin, Nemo, and Dory for another undersea adventure - this time about tracking down short term memory-challenged Dory as she searches for her long lost parents. With Ed O'Neill, Idris Elba, Dominic West, and Sigourney Weaver adding their voices to the odyssey, Finding Dory manages to be visually impressive and disarmingly charming though it still can't shake off the unnecessary sequel vibe given that it doesn't improve on the classic first film and it came during a Pixar era of commercially-driven "sameness."
25. Cars 2 (2011)
Cars 2 benefits from cherry-picking the best elements of the first Cars movie and switching genres completely by taking Lightning McQueen and Mater out of Radiator Springs and dropping them into the middle of a fast-paced, dynamic spy flick. What's lost here, for the most part, is the warmth and heart that we adore, and expect, from most Pixar offerings.
Cars 2 is also a darker film where several car characters do meet an untimely, and sometimes gruesome, end. But the fast pacing works in the film's favor, as the slightly morbid moments flicker in and out as quickly as race car laps. Cars 2 isn't the usual intimate magical experience you expect from Pixar fare, but it's still a high-octane adventure the burns fast and furious.
24. The Good Dinosaur (2015)
The Good Dinosaur, considered by some to be Pixar's biggest "soft miss" from the previous decade, takes on a big "what if?" Asking people to imagine what would happen if the dinosaurs never went extinct, this movie follows a young dino named Arlo who gets swept away from his family and has to journey through the great unknown to get home. The film is one of the most visually stunning projects Pixar has ever created, but it retreads some familiar Pixar tropes and, on top of that, its troubled production shows.
There are some great emotional moments as Arlo and his "pet" human Spot grow closer, and The Good Dinosaur proves that Pixar excels at showing instead of telling. Even when the film does hit story points that feel familiar, it does them well and in a way that children can comprehend -- even if it does get a bit scary for its target young audience sometimes.
23. Monsters University (2013)
Monsters University is Pixar’s take on a college movie, with Mike (Billy Crystal) and Sulley (John Goodman) reintroduced as freshmen at MU, both with dreams of making it as a “scarer.” It doesn't have the emotional weight of the first one (Boo, you are missed), but Monsters University is still a fun and funny movie in its own right. Pixar’s biggest obstacle at this point was their own track record as so many of their films had been so emotional that a certain standard had been set. Pixar, however, uses animation to tell all sorts of stories and not all of them have to make you weep to be worthwhile. We all like a good comedy too, right?
22. Onward (2020)
Onward, which had its theatrical run short-sheeted by the onset of the pandemic (which, in turn led to Soul's streaming release), combined a high concept realm -- that of a land of fairy tales and fantasy updated for modern times -- with a off-kilter magical adventure featuring only half a dad being brought back to life for 24 hours, and delivered an unexpectedly poignant look at loneliness and loss. Tom Holland and Chris Pratt headline as two elf brothers on an '80s Amblin-style quest in this clever, vibrant family fable.
21. Brave (2012)
The first Pixar film to follow a female protagonist (the arrow-shooting princess Merida), the first one to be set in the past (medieval Scotland), and their 13th film to open at No. 1, Brave wisely forsakes the well-worn relationships of other animated fairy tales -- the wicked stepmother/stepdaughter dynamic or father/daughter bond or the princess and prince romance -- in favor of the more complicated, yet loving bond between a headstrong mother and her equally stubborn daughter. And yet despite that smart choice, Brave still never quite transcends. It's a technical marvel (Merida’s wild curls, the misty Highlands, immersive 3D), but it’s ultimately seen as a lesser effort from a studio known for breaking new ground.
20. Incredibles 2 (2018)
And the longest time between movies in a Pixar franchise goes tooooo...The Incredibles, which finally dropped a sequel 14 years after the awesome original. Outside of the Toy Story saga, this was the sequel fans had been clamoring for the most and eventually, yes, writer/director Brad Bird returned to gift us with another glimpse into the lives of the superpowered Parr family. This fantastic follow-up takes place right after the end of the first film (a privilege animation provides) and spins the saga off into a "Mr. Mom"-style caper involving Mr. Incredible staying at home with baby Jack-Jack and Elastigirl becoming the standout superhero of the homestead. It might not top the 2004 movie but it admirably switches things up and gives us an exciting new story instead of repeating the beats of the past.
19. Soul (2020)
Soul goes about as big as you can get for a Pixar film, exploring the afterlife in the same way WALL-E explores the future, Monster, Inc. delves into the scream industry, and Coco travels into -- okay -- also the afterlife. Soul's version of the hereafter, however, is more utilitarian, with a vaporwave art vibe and music provided by Trent Reznor and Atticus Ross, while the real world is marvelous and unpredictable (with jazz provided by Jon Batiste). Telling the story of a pianist who meets an untimely demise (Jamie Foxx), and who's desperate to join the land of the living again so he can do the one thing he thinks will make his life meaningful, Soul ambushes us with harsh relatability. Tina Fey lends her voice to the other half of this mismatched duo, as a stubborn unborn soul refusing to enter the world. Soul makes no bones about how big its themes are, tackling the meaning of life and the time-honored debate between Team Journey and Team Destination.
18. Luca (2021)
2021's Luca felt like a return to classic Pixar in terms of defying labels and providing a unique vibe. Retro-set on the 1950s Italian Riviera, and with a soundtrack full of toe-tapping Italian tunes, this sun-drenched story features two young sea creatures, longing for a life of land exploration, who disguise themselves as humans in a small town and wind up competing for a Vespa in the local Portorosso Cup. After befriending local outcast Giulia (Emma Berman), the trio form a bond that bridges worlds and opens up endless possibilities. Luca has smaller stakes than some other Pixar films but its heart is just as mighty.
17. Toy Story 4 (2019)
Toy Story 4 gently suffers from the sentiment that it's a bit of a "hat on a hat," as Toy Story 3 feels like both a pinnacle for the series and a natural, satisfying ending to the story. It's also the Toy Story entry fans hold the least regard for, but as you can see the "worst" Toy Story film still easily and snugly fits in Pixar's top half. And it ultimately may not even be the final Toy Story chapter.
In the franchise's fourth entry, Woody, Buzz, and the rest of the toy team (including a newly repurposed spork named Forky) head out on a road trip with Bonnie's family where they're unexpectedly reunited with Bo Peep, who's enjoying her freedom as a "lost toy." Toy Story 4 stays true to all the magical hallmarks of the series while, once again, providing a fitting end.
16. A Bug’s Life (1998)
Pixar's second film, A Bug's Life, was a take on the old Ant and the Grasshopper parable mixed with Akira Kurosawa's Seven Samurai. A great sophomore effort for the young company, A Bug's Life didn't quite match the magic of Toy Story but it still was crucial in helping define and refine the Pixar formula: a mix of kid-friendly comedy, adult-friendly knowingness and nostalgia, and state-of-the-art computer animation. In A Bug's Life, Dave Foley plays Flik, an outcast ant who, after his colony is threatened by villainous grasshoppers, recruits a bunch of other loner insects -- well, actually they're just circus performers who are out of work. But they are, of course, up to the task.
15. Cars (2006)
It should come as no surprise that 2006's Cars is near the bottom of this list, as it and its sequels are the least loved of all the Pixar films and yet, as we noted above, when it comes to Pixar, the worst is still usually pretty dang good. John Lasseter's odd love letter to "the Mother Road" Route 66 tells the tale of Lightning McQueen (Owen Wilson), a rookie racecar who learns that winning isn't everything. The film, while still clever and endearing, gets a bit bogged down in open road romanticism and those stretches of story ultimately hurt the final product.
14. Elemental (2023)
Pixar was moving with a slight limp after 2022's Lightyear, and the outlook for original animated offerings looked bleak, but Elemental not only delivered a delightful romance -- about a fire element and water element who fall for one another -- but it had solid box office legs all through the 2023 summer movie season, with word of mouth driving it to a pretty nifty haul in the end. With top-form dazzling visuals and a sweet, rom-com love story, Elemental wound up being a high-concept, cross-cultural sleeper hit.
13. Turning Red (2022)
Turning Red is an awesomely anxious coming-of-age story about a 13-year-old Chinese-Canadian girl, Mei, living in Toronto whose plan to keep her boy band fanaticism secret from her perfectionist mother goes awry when a magical family tradition starts turning her into a giant, floofy red panda whenever she experiences -- you know -- any strong feelings about anything. A clever knockout, Turning Red captures the wild energy of adolescence, uses pop stars as a timeless window into puberty, and tells a tale of friendship and family in the most delightful way.
12. Inside Out 2 (2024)
The biggest movie of 2024, and briefly the highest-grossing animated film of all time, Inside Out 2 is a stunning sequel-done-right that relays the true, horrifying grasp of anxiety like very few films are able to capture. Set two years after Inside Out, we catch up with 13-year-old Riley Andersen as she finds herself hijacked by a new emotion that makes her shun her friends, change her personality, and become fearful of every imagined scenario. And what's worse, Anxiety kicks Joy (and all her other emotions) to the curb, becoming Riley's only default setting. Inside Out 2 is a triumph of not only animation but story, delving into severely relatable corners of nearly every person's modern struggles with mental health.
11. Ratatouille (2007)
Directed by Brad Bird (The Incredibles), who was already beloved by animation aficionados for The Iron Giant prior to joining Pixar, the truly wonderful Ratatouille takes us into the heart of Parisian cuisine through the lens of a creature we don't usually associate with having a refined palate - the rat. Yes, Remy the Rat dreams of becoming a chef and tries to achieve his goal by forming an alliance with a fancy restaurant's garbage boy, Alfredo Linguini, controlling the lad's kitchen skills by hiding under his hat. Ratatouille is a unique slice of animation that strikes deep notes of recognition across many kinds of moviegoers, be they discriminating foodies, fans of animation, or just everyday folks expecting to be entertained. It's a seven-course meal that delivers hilarious antics and unbridled joy.
10. Toy Story 2 (1999)
The law of averages suggests that Toy Story 2 shouldn't be as good as it is, just from a sequel standpoint, but it brilliantly expands upon the original Toy Story adventure in just about every way. The story of Woody's abduction by a toy collector (Wayne Knight) and the attempt by his pals to save him is truly exceptional stuff. Here Woody is faced with a serious choice between living forever -- hermetically sealed as a collector's item -- or going back to his friends and the boy who loves him and facing the prospect of getting torn apart at any moment, as a boy's toys tend to be. Live life or watch from the sidelines? What would Woody do? Quite simply, it's a tour de force of talking toy cinema.
9. Up (2009)
Up proves its power within the first 10 minutes. With just a few lines of dialogue, an opening montage introduces us to the main character, Carl, and shows us the story of his life and love with Ellie – from their meeting as children, to their marriage, to their inability to have children of their own, to Ellie's passing. Those last two elements tell you all you need to know about a film where Pixar once again proves it doesn't shy away from truly emotional, powerful material.
The adventure that follows for Carl and the young boy, Russell, who inadvertently tags along is certainly fanciful - Carl gets an entire house to fly using balloons! - yet infused with an incredible amount of pathos and meaning, as we watch Carl oh so literally carry his burden on his back, as he physically drags that floating house through the jungle, determined to bring it to the place he and Ellie dreamed about. Funny, exciting and touching, Up is a beautiful film - and the second animated movie to ever receive a Best Picture nomination at the Oscars.
8. Finding Nemo (2003)
Finding Nemo, from 2003, features some of the most widely recognized characters from a Pixar picture aside from the original Toy Story troupe. The film's story of an overprotective father who is separated from his son instantly preys upon any parent's deepest fears, and yet the film is never manipulative or calculating in its storytelling methods. From the breathtaking design of the deep-sea world to the spot-on performances by Ellen DeGeneres, Albert Brooks, and more, Finding Nemo is a hilarious, thrilling and even spiritual adventure that represents the apex of Pixar's storytelling abilities. It was a blockbuster for the studio, an astounding achievement in animation, and a game-changer for kids' movies.
7. Monsters, Inc. (2001)
In 2001, Pixar unleashed a rollicking workplace comedy about kindly, chatty "joe schmoe" monsters and the utility company they work for in the land of Monstropolis. Starring John Goodman as Sulley and Billy Crystal as Mike, a couple of working-class creatures, Monsters, Inc. takes what seems like an insane premise and makes it relatable by having these so-called monsters act like working stiffs. Monsters! They're just like us!
With Benny Goodman-style jazz and comedic banter befitting an SNL sketch, Monsters, Inc transforms from a simple clock-punching parable into a quest to save a little girl and a mission to unravel a conspiracy. It stealthily starts as a somewhat thin-yet-amusing sitcom and finishes as one of Pixar's finest heart-tugging outings.
6. Coco (2017)
2017's Coco is easily regarded as one of Pixar's most emotional endeavors. A monumentally gorgeous tear-jerker, Coco follows a 12-year-old Mexican boy named Miguel who is accidentally transported to the Land of the Dead where he seeks the help of his deceased musician great-great-grandfather. It's a soaring supernatural quest that explores familial themes, identity, and learning what it means to grow up in a world that isn’t perfect. Pixar was culturally conscious when developing this marvelously Mexican story, turning to an array of outside Latino consultants to vet ideas and suggest new ones (upending a long-running studio tradition of strict creative lockdown). Coco is an uplifting revelation and one of the company's crowning efforts.
5. Inside Out (2015)
True to its concept, Inside Out is Pixar's emotional roller coaster, offering up what is probably the best depiction ever of how the human body's memory and emotions work. Shining a spotlight inside the mind of an 11-year-old girl coping with the first big change in her life -- her family moving to a new, unfamiliar city -- Inside Out characterizes the five emotions that run a person's inner "Headquarters" to take viewers on a visually inventive adventure.
Following both young Riley on the outside and her feelings on the inside -- Joy, Sadness, Fear, Anger, Disgust -- Inside Out is a thoughtful, caring film without going overboard, and a hilarious, quirky romp without losing its edge. It's at once very surreal and very human, simplifying our brains while also presenting our lives as complicated. RIP Bing Bong.
4. Toy Story (1995)
When the first Pixar feature was released in 1995, a new age dawned for animated films. Not just because of its computer-generated animation but because of the superb storytelling. Toy Story was technically at the top of its game while also illustrating some very familiar thematic throughlines that included the rivalry between Tom Hanks' wooden cowboy and Tim Allen's space-age action figure, the buddy comedy, the fear that we all have of becoming obsolete, and of course the very idea of toys having a life of their own. The result was a huge success that took age-old tropes and made them fresh and new again -- and created the cinematic mega-beast known as Pixar along the way.
3. WALL-E (2008)
You will believe a robot can fall in love! With WALL-E, Pixar began to flirt with a slightly experimental edge to its filmmaking, delivering a first act that's almost entirely dialogue-free and creating whimsey and mirth in the garbage-covered ruins of Earth. It's honestly the most adorable dystopia ever.
At the heart of most Pixar films is the theme of isolation. WALL-E, one of the animation studio's top-tier achievements, is a breathtaking meditation on loneliness and the re-enforcement that every sentient creature contains an unbeatable desire to connect with someone else. Pixar has a way of creating fantastic creatures and characters who tug violently on all our heartstrings. And all WALL-E wanted to do was hold someone else's hand like he'd seen in the musical Hello, Dolly. Post-trashpocalypse world be damned! WALL-E is lush, phenomenal sci-fi like no other. This is skewering satire mixed with a lovable, relatable search for companionship.
2. Toy Story 3 (2010)
Leave it to Pixar to make the best (temporary) threequel ever. The story of Andy moving on to college -- leaving Woody and Buzz and the gang dealing with a great, understated villain in Lots-O'-Huggin' Bear at the new daycare center home -- is the most fun of the Toy Story films. It works as a drama, a comedy and an action film -- a terrific trifecta! It's a beautiful, vibrant story about memories, the passing of time, and how you treat the people in your life.
As with everything Pixar does, the attention to detail here is incredible. The split-imagery within the daycare/Alcatraz is great. How the slide in the playground becomes a watchtower at night. How the bead mazes double as razor wire. How marker smudges become prison tats. The level of detail, in things like Woody's rounded-down hairline, is astounding. So many moments -- character moments, mind you -- cross over into "great" or "perfect" status, and the last 15 minutes are some of the strongest work the studio has ever done.
1. The Incredibles (2004)
Prior to the MCU, back when only Spider-Man, Batman, and X-Men ruled the superhero box office roost, director Brad Bird gave us, in a way, a better Fantastic Four movie than the live-action one we'd get a year later. The Incredibles, now almost 20 years later, is still regarded as one of the best superhero movies of all time.
The story of retired heroes Mr. Incredible (Craig T. Nelson) and Elastigirl (Holly Hunter), as well as their super children Violet, Dash, and Jack-Jack, The Incredibles takes Bird's love of old-school comic-book conventions that was evident in The Iron Giant and mashes it with commentary about American nuclear family. Bird brought a new and different voice to the Pixar world. The Incredibles is less cute and more biting, introducing a few more sinister and violent elements to the studio's usual product, though it's never not a family story centered around issues that most families face. Brilliantly designed, perfectly paced, and next-level exciting, The Incredibles grabs hold and never lets go.
Note: This article originally ran on May 2, 2017. It was updated on June 18, 2025, with more Pixar titles.
After eight whole years of Nintendo’s console-handheld hybrid, its successor, the Nintendo Switch 2, is finally in our hands. While it’s an all-new system, there are some old accessories that still work with the new platform. But because of its bigger screen and the new magnetic Joy-Con, that old Switch case isn’t going to fit the new system. You’ll need a handful of new accessories to get the most out of your next-gen Switch. From finding the best grips for your Joy-Con 2 to the easiest bubble-free screen protectors to guard that shiny new display, we have you covered in this Switch 2 accessories guide.
I’ve researched the best Switch 2 accessories you can buy during the launch window based on both hands-on experience and research from some of our favorite Switch 1 accessory manufacturers. Of course, we’re still in the early days, and plenty of companies are still shipping their products to retailers as I’m writing this. Some haven’t even made them available for preorder yet, so I’ll continue to update this list over time with my favorite new accessories as I go hands-on with them over the next few months.
Let’s get up to speed on what you need to know about buying accessories for your Nintendo Switch 2. There are a few accessories that warrant their own articles because both categories come with some caveats that you need to know before buying anything for your Switch 2.
Best MicroSD Express Cards for Switch 2
Bigger games with great graphical detail meant the Switch 2 needed a faster storage solution for your downloaded games. That means your old SD cards from the Switch 1 will not work here. You need to get a MicroSD Express card for the Switch 2, which is faster (and more expensive) than the basic model. We'll be updating our guide to the best MicroSD Express cards for Nintendo Switch 2 as we do more testing now that the console is out.
Best Switch 2 Cases So Far
The Switch 2 may be portable, but it’s not invincible. If you’re gearing up to take Mario Kart World or Cyberpunk 2077 on the road, you’ll need to protect your console with a sturdy, reliable case. Again, your original Switch case is not going to fit your Switch 2, so you will need to purchase a new one. In addition to materials, construction, and form, I specifically made sure to look for extra features like comfort grips, game cartridge storage, bundles, and tested brands when making my suggestions. Of course, whether you want to go with a slim soft case like the one from Tomtoc that we reviewed and loved or a bulkier hard case like CoBak's, you have options for your preferences.
Best Switch 2 Screen Protectors So Far
Even though the Switch 2 has a built-in layer that acts as screen protector – don't peel that off – a good screen protector is non-negotiable for handheld devices. Since the launch of the original Switch, tons of companies have stepped up their game, offering new applicators, matte finishes, and kits to make sure your protector doesn’t trap dust or air bubbles when you apply it. Some are also built to take hits like a tank (though we’d never suggest testing this out yourself).
I use some of these brands to protect other devices I own, like my Steam Deck and Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra smartphone, and many of the same design principles are applied across different designs, including the Switch 2. Most of these also come with extra units in case your first protector gets damaged.
Unless you want to stick with the packaged Joy-Con 2, you’re going to want the new Pro Controller that we reviewed, or one of the gamepads made in its image. Especially if you’re playing more sophisticated games that demand precise controls or need something more comfortable for long sessions, a proper controller will probably be the most beneficial accessory for your Switch 2.
While you could certainly use an original Pro Controller or whatever your previous gamepad of choice was, the Switch 2 brings new features to the table – notably, a 3.5mm audio jack that allows you to use a wired headset for audio and chatting in-game without being tethered to your console. You may be interested in Switch 2’s GameChat feature, and you can seamlessly go into a video and/or voice chat room with friends with the new C button. Not every new controller has it, but licensed manufacturers like PowerA do include it. Lastly, the built-in programmable back buttons on the official Pro Controller can be a game-changer, letting you map normal inputs to them, and that can improve performance or comfort across many different types of games.
If you’re just looking for a solid Pro-style controller, our favorite original Switch controllers will serve you well. Something like the Gulikit KK3 Max has programmable back buttons, Hall Effect sticks, high polling rate for smoother inputs, and is versatile enough to use on PC without trouble. Either way, you have plenty of great options.
Best Switch 2 Handheld Grips
Although it promises some ergonomic enhancements from the original Switch, the Switch 2 still won’t have fully formed grips on the new Joy-Con – the likes of the Steam Deck and Asus ROG Ally X still have an ergonomic advantage that can help make long handheld play sessions more comfortable. But you already have ways of improving the ergonomics of the Switch 2 with a handful of attachments available now. The grips above are the best we could find for playing in handheld mode from reliable manufacturers, including ones I’ve already gone hands-on with like DBrand’s Killswitch 2 grip and case combo and the Genki Attack Vector.
Best Switch 2 Joy-Con Grip / Handles
Even though the Switch 2 ships with a central grip to attach both Joy-Con to use like a singular controller, they’re not perfect. Especially for intense games like Super Smash Bros. Ultimate, there are more comfortable ways to play using the Joy-Con. Some companies are even starting to offer stands to help prop up your Joy-Con in the new Mouse Mode as well, which comes in handy for navigating menus and playing games like Civilization VII. Getting a proper connecting grip can be a more cost-effective solution compared to buying an entirely new gamepad, so long as you’re happy with the inputs of the Joy-Con. And many of these options will also charge your Joy-Con while they’re in use, which is a neat little cherry on top.
Best Switch 2 Joy-Con Charge Stations
Nintendo has stated that the Switch 2 Joy-Con could last as long as 20 hours on a full charge, which is the same amount of time as the original Joy-Con. When looking at wireless controllers nowadays, 20 hours is fairly decent, although they still go by pretty quickly compared to other wireless controller options. It’s intuitive to just reattach your Joy-Con when they’re not in use to keep them charged, but if you plan on having multiple sets ready to go at all times, it’ll be a good idea to have a charging station on-hand. For those who often host multiplayer get-togethers with the likes of Super Mario Party Jamboree’s new Jamboree TV content or Mario Kart World, a Joy-Con charging station will make your life easier. I made sure to include models that feature as many ports as possible so you never run out of charged controllers.
Best Switch 2 Portable Chargers
The original Switch’s battery life remains one of its weak spots depending on the game you’re playing (some drain more power than others), even after a mid-gen refresh that brought some welcome improvements. It’ll remain something you have to manage by nature of using a portable gaming device especially if you’re taking the Switch 2 on long flights, trips, or car rides. That maximum battery life of 6.5 hours won’t always hold up and looking for an outlet is less than ideal when charge times can be quite longer than something like a smartphone.
Being able to charge in-between sessions untethered comes in clutch more often than you may expect, so having an extra battery pack to get some extra juice can be a total game-changer. I personally love Anker’s line with built-in USB-C cables, but Magsafe options like Genki’s Energy Pack are also really enticing. Either way, make sure you check the capacity and wattage of a portable charger before purchasing one you plan to use with your Switch 2 – some might simply be overkill for what you need.
Other Switch 2 Accessories Worth Considering
It feels like every new Nintendo console comes with a mountain of weird accessories. From Wii Sports-style tennis rackets to fishing rods, there’s a lot of extra and niche add-ons mixed in with the core accessories that are typically more practical. That’s not to say there aren’t some cool ideas that stretch the imagination of gaming on the Switch. Hori’s Piranha Plant camera is a fun example – while it costs $5 more than the first-party camera we reviewed, it’s a fun alternative that’s can double-up as some themed decor. (Though don't expect it to work miracles: The camera has a pretty dismal 480p resolution.) While it’s not an ideal way to play everything, the steering wheel attachment can be a fun and more accessible way for younger kids to play Mario Kart World. These accessories don’t fall into the conventional categories like controllers and cases, but they’re worth considering regardless. I’ve also thrown in a couple of "starter kits" that make for decent one-and-done purchases that include most of what you’ll want on day one.
Charlie's a freelance contributor for IGN. You can reach them via Twitter or Instagram at the handle @chas_mke.
I've had a Kindle Unlimited subscription for a few years now and I'm not sure I could ever go back to not having one. Reading is my primary leisure activity and being able to quickly download books on my Kindle Paperwhite has been a huge time saver. It's also saved me quite a bit money on new books because I primarily read LitRPG.
Kindle Unlimited is a great service if you read a lot of books, but only really if the genre you like to read actually has popular options included. There are a lot of great reads on Kindle Unlimited at any given time, but it certainly doesn't include everything. Popular new releases like Sunrise on the Reaping and Onyx Storm, for example, were not included with the subscription and needed to be purchased separately. That being said, if you mostly read LitRPG books like I do, Kindle Unlimited is an incredible value — especially with the early Prime Day deals going now.
Kindle Unlimited - Get Three Months Free
This Kindle Unlimited deal is the same one I took advantage of years ago because Amazon tends to offer this promotion every Prime Day. What you get is a free three-month trial of the service, which then turns into a $12 monthly subscription fee after that. This promotion is only available for folks who currently have an Amazon Prime membership and haven't already used up their free trial. Although it has Kindle right there in the name, you actually don't need a Kindle device to use the service. It works great on pretty much any reading tablet or just on your phone.
Why It's Worth Subscribing If You Like LitRPG
Like I mentioned above, I definitely recommend you try out Kindle Unlimited if you are fan of LitRPG books. I read anywhere between five and seven books every month and almost all of them are included with my subscription — even the new releases. When I first started getting into LitRPG as a genre I found myself purchasing each book separately, which almost immediately got out of hand when reading a series that had 10+ books in it. The fact that my wife can also use my account to download books each month only solidified my justification for paying the monthly subscription fee long term.
My favorite LitRPG series on Kindle Unlimited
I've found that most popular LitRPG is available for free with a Kindle Unlimited subscription, but if you're looking for specific recommendations, all of the above options are all worth diving into. For those who haven't read LitRPG before, I'd definitely suggest starting with He Who Fights With Monsters or Dungeon Crawler Carl. Both of these are generally just really great sci-fi fantasy reads that happen to incorporate RPG elements throughout.
Rather than dealing with the bulk a gaming laptop, handheld gaming PCs keep far more compact dimensions, making it easier to play from just about anywhere. Even though these devices are obviously significantly smaller than a gaming PC, it doesn’t mean they’re underpowered. Many handheld gaming PCs are packing the performance prowess to cruise through AAA games like Cyberpunk 2077. If you get sick of playing on a smaller screen, a great Steam Deck dock works seamlessly with most handheld gaming PCs so you can hook up to your gaming TV.
While we’re on the cusp of a handheld gaming PC revolution, we've gotten our hands on a good chunk of these highly-capable devices. Below are the current four we deem worthy of consideration.
1. Lenovo Legion Go S (Z1 Extreme, SteamOS)
The Best Handheld Gaming PC
When the Lenovo Legion Go S first came out back in February 2025, it was a hot mess. The configuration Lenovo initially released was bogged down by the weak Z2 Go processor, which didn't pair well with Windows. And because it was both running Windows 11 and had 32GB of memory, this weaker handheld was just as expensive – if not moreso – than the original Legion Go that preceded it. But Lenovo has righted the ship by launching the Go S with the Z1 Extreme and SteamOS built-in.
This system is still expensive. You're looking at $829 to get this model, but that's only a bit more than the Asus ROG Ally X, which ended up being slower, if only by a bit, in my tests. When I reviewed this new Lenovo Legion Go S, I found that the SteamOS-powered handheld beat out the Ally X in synthetic benchmarks by as much as 9%. That's not bad, considering that handheld had the performance crown before this system came out.
The elephant in the room is the Steam Deck. Even three years after its release, it's still an incredible and popular handheld, and it's not hard to see why. It's easy to use, and it's literally half the price of the Go S. But not only do you get a higher resolution display with this Legion Go S, you also get as much as double the performance. I was able to get a solid 60fps playing Baldur's Gate 3, and that's something I straight up couldn't do on the Steam Deck. Whether or not that's worth the higher price tag depends entirely on what you're looking for.
A great handheld gaming system is about more than just raw performance, though. It also needs to be comfortable to use, and despite the sytem being one of the largest I've used – and I've used a lot of them – it's extremely comfortable. The Lenovo Legion Go S has rounded edges that give you something to hold on to, and the textured finish makes it harder to slip out of your hands.
The Go S also has one of the most beautiful LCD displays I've seen in a while and proves that OLED isn't the only way to get a great picture in 2025. It's not quite as colorful as the Steam Deck OLED, to be fair, but it still made any game I played on it look awesome. Now that we're waiting for Microsoft and Asus to launch the ROG Xbox Ally X later this year, the Legion Go S is the PC gaming handheld to beat.
2. Asus ROG Ally X
The Best Windows Handheld Gaming PC
The Asus ROG Ally X we reviewed last year might use the same AMD Z1 Extreme processor as the original ROG Ally, but Asus has made enough little changes to the handheld that firmly make it the best gaming handheld running Windows on the market right now. The Z1 Extreme is accompanied by 24GB of LPDDR5 memory, clocked at 7,400MHz, a massive increase over the 16GB of RAM on the original model. Bcause the RAM is faster this time around, it results in a surprising performance lift that averaged around 12-15% in my testing.
Asus also made the chassis a little thicker and heavier. It's not enough to notice most of the time, but there's a reason behind the madness. The Asus ROG Ally X has an improved cooler and a battery that's twice as large as the original model. This means you can play games for multiple hours before you have to start running for the charger. The improved cooler also helps long gaming sessions by wicking hot air away from the touch display, avoiding the hot touch screen issue that plagued the original model.
The Asus Mobile XG port on the original model has been removed, and has been replaced by a second USB-C port, which is compatible with Thunderbolt 4. Asus has also replaced the controversial MicroSD card slot with one that will hopefully be a little more resistant to damage. (After all, Asus got into some hot water with the original ROG Ally thanks to some lackluster customer support that was documented by YouTuber Gamers Nexus.)
There are ways to get Windows running on the 7-inch display portable by booting directly from the USB-C port. Beyond that is one of the best input controls available for any portable gaming handheld. See our full comparison between the Steam Deck and ROG Ally here.
There’s also the OLED version of the Steam Deck to consider for users who prefer a larger, brighter, and more vibrant screen. While still displaying at 1200x800, the Steam Deck OLED offers a noticeable difference, providing more clarity for a better visual experience. You'll also get improved battery life, a higher refresh rate, and more storage than the 256GB offered in the tradtional LCD model.
4. Lenovo Legion Go
The Best High Performance Handheld Gaming PC
When you're setting out to buy any kind of gaming PC, there's a balance you need to find: You want something with incredible performance, but still looks like the premium product that you paid for. Handheld gaming PCs are no different, and that's why the Lenovo Legion Go is such a catch. The Legion Go measures in at a massive 11.76 inches long and 5.16 inches tall with the controllers attached, and that's primarily because of the large display.
Unlike other handheld gaming PCs like the Steam Deck or the Asus ROG Ally Z1 that take a lot of inspiration from the Nintendo Switch, the Legion Go sports an 8.8-inch 1600p display, almost making it a Windows 11 tablet with a controller stapled onto it. Luckily, Lenovo was able to keep the weight down a little bit, just 1.41lbs. Even if it's lighter than it looks, it's probably going to be hard for folks with smaller hands to use it.
The 1600p display causes a bit of a hassle, too. Because this is using the same AMD Ryzen Z1 Extreme chipset as the ROG Ally, some games can have a bit of trouble running at the native resolution. This is easily solved by tinkering with your in-game settings to lower the resolution. If you're not comfortable doing the hands-on troubleshooting, this might not be the product for you. But if you're a long-time PC gamer like I am, you'll love just how flexible – and beautiful – the Lenovo Legion Go is. This is the handheld gaming PC for the hardcore PC gaming crowd.
Upcoming Handheld Gaming PCs
Now that the Lenovo Legion Go S is here, we have a first glimpse of the next generation of handheld gaming PCs. It had a rough start with the AMD Z2 Go, but the newer one with the Z1 Extreme is great, knocking the ROG Ally X down a peg in my rankings. There will be more handheld gaming PCs coming out over the rest of the year that are powered by the more powerful versions, like the Z2 Extreme. Just keep an eye out for the Lenovo Legion Go 2.
Finally, Microsoft has announced the ROG Xbox Ally X, an Xbox-branded follow-up to our second-favorite handheld gaming PC. Because it's made in collaboration with Microsoft, it's going to have a level of software optimizations that might put it on the same level as the Steam Deck. I'll have to wait to see how it holds up when I get it in the lab, but after going hands-on with it, we're definitely excited.
Handheld Gaming PC FAQ
Should I buy a handheld gaming PC or a gaming laptop?
Depending on how you want to game and what games you want to play will determine whether you should grab a gaming laptop or handheld PC. Handhelds score higher points in longevity, battery life, optimization, portability, and thermals. But handhelds are only designed to play games up to a certain specification. Gaming laptops cram in the latest GPU, CPU, and RAM, likely sacrificing battery life, thermals, and price. However, some are absolute beasts ready to take on even the most graphically intensive games. Laptops offer more functionality when it comes to editing and other work.
The Asus ROG Ally X is one of the best Steam Deck alternatives. This gaming handheld offers an easy-to-use interface, speedy performance, and stunning design. Most importantly, the Windows 11 gaming handheld lets you access your entire PC gaming library.
The Steam Deck and Steam Deck OLED are some of the best handheld gaming PCs you can get. They offer a perfectly sized display, responsive controls, and a decent amount of processing power to cruise through the action in your favorite PC games. However, the Steam Deck only comes with a basic carrying case and charger, so a few great accessories can boost your experience while playing at home and on the go.
TL;DR – These Are the Best Steam Deck Accessories:
The best Steam Deck accessories make the already brilliant handheld gaming PC even better. Sure, the OLED model brought some needed improvements to the battery life and storage compared to the original LCD Steam Deck, but if you’re looking to play for longer away from an outlet or save more than just a few games, a long-lasting power bank and microSD card are easy solutions.
Want to witness the action on a bigger screen? A great dock and HDMI cord provide a simple way to connect to a gaming TV or monitor for a major step up from the 7-inch display. That’s not all, as a screen protector, a larger carrying case, and earbuds are ideal for traveling with the Steam Deck. Best of all, these items are surprisingly inexpensive.
You bought the Steam Deck to use as a handheld console, but it’s still powerful enough to connect to a TV or monitor and play games on a bigger screen. That’s where a good dock comes into play: Valve has its own docking station for the Steam Deck, but we prefer the Jsaux Docking Station because it’s about half the price and works just as well. It's currently our top pick for the best Steam Deck dock you can buy.
Jsaux’s docking station has three USB 3.0 ports, a 4K HDMI port, a USB-C port, and gigabit ethernet, which all fit into a stand that looks nice on a gaming desk or TV stand. This option is extra handy because you can dock other USB-C compatible devices, like Android phones or the ROG Ally. The only place we can really fault the docking station is its lack of a DisplayPort, but if that’s not a deal breaker, you can’t go wrong with this affordable choice.
2. SanDisk Extreme microSDXC
Best Steam Deck Memory Card
While the Steam Deck OLED is available with 1TB of storage, the base LCD model only offers a 256GB capacity, so graphics-intensive open-world games will fill that up instantly. To skip the hassle of moving data around mid-game, increasing the storage via a microSD card is the simplest solution for the Steam Deck. The device has an easy-to-access slot, adding significantly more space in seconds. Replacing the internal SSD on the Steam Deck with a higher capacity option is possible, but life will be much easier if you use a UHS-I microSD card like the SanDisk Extreme microSDXC.
SanDisk’s latest Extreme cards range in size from 32GB to a healthy 2TB, so it’s possible to double the storage of even the largest capacity Steam Deck OLED. Sure, these cards have nothing on the speeds of the internal SSD, butthat extra time will only be felt when downloading bigger titles. Otherwise, the difference is negligible. Playing games is where it really matters, and the SanDisk Extreme is fit with zippy speeds for a seamless, efficient playing experience.
In fact, the Steam Deck’s SD card slot speeds tap out at 100 MB/s, and the SanDisk Extreme microSDXC exceeds that significantly. The 1TB card is capable of up to 130MB/s write speeds and 190MB/s read speeds, ensuring top-tier performance in the Steam Deck and a variety of other gaming PC handhelds and the Switch. (But not the Switch 2 – that requires a microSD Express card.)
3. Jsaux Power Bank 20000mAh 65W
Best Power Bank for Steam Deck
The battery life on the original Steam Deck while running SteamOS is notoriously terrible – and even worse with Windows. The OLED model improved the battery, but there’s nothing worse than needing a plug right when you’re reaching the end of a platformer level. A great power bank is the easiest way to keep you right in the action, even when playing battery-draining games like Baldur’s Gate 3. Our favorite for Steam Deck is the Jsaux Power Bank 20,000mAh 65W, thanks to its charging power and handy included USB-C cable.
This power bank has a 20,000mAh capacity ready to deliver at least one full charge to the Steam Deck. That top-up will be quick too, as this power bank exceeds the max charging rate that the handheld gaming PC is capable of, 45W. In about three hours, it should be fully charged. The integrated USB-C cable on this power bank is great, letting you avoid the hassle of remembering to pack a USB-C cable, but it’s not the only option for charging up devices. A USB-C and two USB-A ports can top off additional gadgets simultaneously. Just be prepared for charging speeds to drop.
A smart display is included on this portable charger, showing useful info like the battery level, voltage, and current. Over-voltage and short circuit protections are also available to ensure your Steam Deck is safe as it charges up. However, given everything on offer, it’s not the most compact power bank, weighing 1lb and measuring an inch thick. Still, it will easily slide into a bag, and Jsaux has a unique ModCase for the Steam Deck that straps this battery pack right onto the gaming PC handheld.
4. Dbrand Tempered Glass Screen Protector
Best Steam Deck Screen Protector
The Steam Deck’s 7-inch touchscreen is great, but as with any touch screen, you’re bound to muddy it up with unattractive fingerprints — not to mention scratches and dings that can eventually cost you the display. To ensure you don’t have to constantly wipe away smudges or, worse, replace the pricey touch screen, grab a high-quality tempered glass screen protector from Dbrand.
Tempered glass is chip, crack, scratch, and fingerprint resistant. Dbrand added an anti-glare film for solid viewing from anywhere and an oleophobic coating to repel your hand's oils, making the gaming experience even better. Most importantly, this glass is a perfect fit for the device and touch inputs are unaffected. Its chamfered edges keep with the sleek design of the Steam Deck and Steam Deck OLED.
5. Jsaux Carrying Case
Best Steam Deck Case
The Steam Deck OLED may come with a case, but if you plan to take long trips with it, that probably won’t suffice. You’ll want to bring your charging cable, power bank, gaming earbuds, and other accessories with you, and the default case has space for pretty much just the console. Investing in a carrying case, like this super affordable option from Jsaux, can make a world of difference.
It’s a big upgrade over Valve's pack-in accessory and offers tons of snug spaces for all your accessories, including extra cables, a wall plug, microSD cards, and whatever else you need. Best of all, it keeps your Steam Deck safely cradled inside using a secure hook loop while the case’s interior is molded and wrapped in a fleece material to prevent dents or scratches to the device. The case itself is also highly durable with a hard shell, sturdy zipper, and secure handle. Plus, a handy stand is built-in for when you want to play using a controller.
Though 8K is mostly a marketing gimmick at this point in time, your Steam Deck *is* technically capable of streaming 8K at 60Hz. Most of us may not have a display compatible with that output, but if you’re one of the lucky few who do, this 8K high-speed HDMI cable comes in handy. Plus, when 8K does become the next 4K, you'll already be good to go.
In addition to the added capability, this cable is braided for extra durability. It also comes in either 6 or 15ft, ensuring it’s long enough to easily plug into your TV. Plus, it’s backward compatible with all previous HDMI versions, so you can use it with your current displays and be ready when you inevitably upgrade.
7. SteelSeries Arctis GameBuds
Best Wireless Earbuds for Steam Deck
Great gaming earbuds are the best way to clearly hear the action while making the most of the Steam Deck’s portability. The SteelSeries Arctis GameBuds are the best option for the Steam Deck, offering impressive sound quality for a full and spacious listening experience. Even in-game directional audio cues like footsteps or explosions are discernible, putting these earbuds almost on the level of some top gaming headsets. ANC is also baked in, helping to eliminate most ambient sounds, although some higher frequencies may get through. To make any changes to the audio, SteelSeries offers a robust app to tweak any EQ or ANC settings.
We reviewed the SteelSeries Arctis GameBuds and found that “few earbuds are able to cover every base as competently.” So, beyond an excellent audio performance, these compact earbuds are comfortable and secure in-ear, while the 10 hours of playback mean they’ll last longer than the Steam Deck. Like most headphones, ANC and mic usage will lower the battery life, but an additional 30 hours of juice are available from the Qi wireless charging case. However, our reviewer did experience some occasional in-ear detection playback issues.
The biggest way the SteelSeries Arctis Gamebuds differentiate themselves from traditional earbuds is 2.4GHz USB-C dongle wireless connectivity. Instead of only relying on Bluetooth, this dongle provides a more reliable and lower-latency link to the Steam Deck to ensure sound and action line up. Two devices can even be connected simultaneously via the wireless dongle and Bluetooth, with a “Quick Switch” control allowing you to jump between them.
How to Choose the Best Steam Deck Accessories
When choosing what accessories to grab for the Steam Deck, setting a budget for what you’d like to spend on everything is perhaps the most important. We kept that in mind when making our selections for this guide, so none of these items should set you back an exorbitant amount, and the pricer items are cross compatible with other devices. Even when veering away from our picks, most essential accessories should set you back about $100 or less.
After setting a budget, comes deciding which accessory to buy first. It’s really a matter of personal need more than anything else, but we think a memory card is a great place to start, especially if you have a Steam Deck model that’s light on storage and a large gaming library. It’s an inexpensive way to save you a ton of hassle. Once that’s sorted, protecting the handheld gaming PC with a screen protector, case, or both should be a top priority. There’s no point in buying accessories for a bricked device.
From there, choosing the best items to pair with the Steam Deck depends on how you want to play. Game away from home often? A power bank ensures you’re never without juice – a major issue with the Steam Deck. If you’re looking to play on a bigger display, a dock is an invaluable tool. No matter what accessory you grab, it should amplify your experience with the Steam Deck – and be compatible.
Steam Deck Accessories FAQ
Is 256GB enough storage for Steam Deck?
The original Steam Deck came with only 64GB of eMMC storage. While that model has been discontinued, the current LCD base model is available with a 256GB NVMe SSD, which is plenty of space for cloud gaming and storing some indie titles. When it comes to space for AAA games, like Red Dead Redemption 2 or GTA 5, only a few can be played locally. Still, 256GB is easy to get away with, especially given that the microSD card slot provides a cheap and easy way to increase storage. It’s also possible to install a higher capacity SSD, which should be relatively simple for anyone with PC-building experience.
However, if you want a better display, longer battery life, and faster RAM, the Steam Deck OLED doubles the storage from the LCD model to 512GB. There’s also a 1TB OLED option to bump up capacity even further.
Does the Steam Deck come with any accessories?
If you're purchasing a new Steam Deck, there are a few things you will receive alongside the handheld gaming PC. Every type of Steam Deck comes with a carrying case and a charging cord. If you're hoping to connect your Steam Deck to the TV, you will need to purchase either a docking station or an HDMI cable separately.
Are my PS5, Xbox, or Switch accessories compatible with Steam Deck?
Yes. Many accessories made for other platforms can be used for the Steam Deck since it’s essentially a mini gaming PC. Just about any USB-C dock, power bank, and wall charger (with enough wattage) should seamlessly work with the Steam Deck and other gaming PC handhelds. Most controllers and headsets designed for specific consoles can be used with the Steam Deck, especially if they connect via Bluetooth or USB. Occasionally, additional software or drivers may need to be downloaded for compatibility. Additionally, an adapter may be required if the device doesn’t offer the proper ports. Some gadgets also have more limited capabilities when connected to the Steam Deck, but are still usable.
Of course, not all accessories will work well with Steam Deck. For example, a Switch or PlayStation Portal screen protector, always-on case, or skin won’t fit on the Steam Deck. However, some bigger cases made for those handhelds can work in a pinch. Just be sure to do your research before committing to a purchase.
Danielle Abraham is a freelance writer for IGN based in Los Angeles who spends most of her time updating tech buying guides.
Pairing a camera with your Nintendo Switch 2 might not be the first thing to cross your mind when thinking about all the Switch 2 accessories to consider. However, I’ve been surprised by the novelty and seamlessness of GameChat, Nintendo’s built-in video chat room for Switch 2 that lets you connect with friends conveniently. While most USB webcams will work just fine with the system if you want to get on video, Nintendo’s first-party offering with the Switch 2 Camera is pitched as the ideal solution. And from a design perspective, it is – but its $55 price tag doesn’t entirely line up with what you get.
Getting the tech specs out of the way, the Switch 2 Camera runs a solid 1080p resolution, but I would put the video quality itself just a notch above my Thinkpad laptop camera and a step below my Razer Kiyo USB webcam (which also does 1080p). The Nintendo camera’s colors are more washed out than I would’ve liked and are a tad too green, and I wish I could tune color grading in some way. However, the low-light performance is quite good, and I’m able to come through clearly with just ambient room light and without needing a dedicated key light.
One of the aspects that makes this camera unique is its extra-wide 110-degree field of view (FOV), well above what you’ll find on most webcams, which helps it capture group settings much better. You get that fisheye lens effect when it’s used up-close, but considering that it’s meant more for a living room-style environment, it doesn’t really become an issue. I had the camera about five feet away from me, and with a full shot, you could comfortably fit around six people on screen. Compared to my Razer Kiyo that has an 82-degree FOV, at the same distance you’d be able to have four people on screen sitting next to each other.
Even with the notably wide FOV and distance at which you would set the camera, the Switch 2 and the camera were still able to reliably detect my face for isolated shots and crop out my body when superimposing my face into a game – this was using my normal five-foot distance, and it still worked well at around seven feet (although further than that and the picture started to get grainy). When part of the appeal of GameChat is to see your friends as you play together, it’s a boon that the system and camera doesn’t struggle to capture your presence.
Its raw quality isn’t great, but it’s good enough to crop you out and detect your face for GameChat’s various on-camera options without much of a problem.
Compared to a traditional webcam, it’s a lot less awkward to have the Switch 2 Camera set up in a living room setting as it looks more like a smart home device or sensor for a VR headset than the kind of webcam you’d normally see perched atop a desktop monitor. It’s built with a sturdy aluminum base with a rubberized grip on the bottom, and has a roughly five-inch stem to prop up the actual camera. The housing around the lens can tilt roughly 30 degrees vertically and there’s a ring around the lens that you gently twist to cover the lens for privacy. You’ll know the camera is in use when the small green light indicates it’s on.
The five-foot USB-C cable that comes in the package plugs into the lower-bottom notch of the camera itself, while a clip at the bottom of the stem helps keep the cable neatly running along the stem. Since this is a USB-C to C cable, it plugs into the top of the Switch 2 console itself (not the dock), which lets you use the camera whether the system is docked or undocked. Most USB webcams use a USB-A connection, which wouldn’t be a problem when docked given the two USB-A ports on the side of the docking station, but in the rare case you’d prop the Switch 2 with the kickstand in “tabletop” mode, the USB-C connection means the camera is still an option.
To a certain extent, reviewing the Switch 2 Camera is also an evaluation of GameChat itself – it’s a piece of hardware that serves a particular function. And thankfully, GameChat is super easy to use. There’s no installation process or drivers to download for your camera since the built-in GameChat app just pulls from whatever camera is plugged in. All you have to do is open GameChat and enable the camera to get it working, but deeper in the menus you can choose to capture just your face in a picture-in-picture bubble, crop out your body, or use the full feed of the camera, as well as adjust the level of zoom. There’s no optical zoom though, so it’s effectively just adjusting the FOV of your camera feed and cropping the image in, which shows more of the image quality’s blemishes. Still, using GameChat and the camera in tandem is intuitive, as you should expect from a Nintendo-built feature that’s native to the system.
The Switch 2 Camera is natively recognized as a webcam on Windows as well. I just plugged it into my PC and was instantly ready to go like any other device. I’m not sure how much crossover there is between the crowd that’s in the market for a webcam and those who would consider the Switch 2 Camera, but it’s kind of cool that it doubles-up in this way.
So, the Switch 2 Camera fulfills its specific purpose competently, but the question becomes whether or not you should be spending $55 on it – that puts it around other 1080p webcams, but it pales in comparison from a pure image quality perspective. While features like the high FOV that’s good for big groups and the stand that holds it upright are nice, there are still more cost-effective or better performing options out there: the Razer Kiyo I use goes on sale for under $50, the popular Logitech C920x is at $60, and the budget-level Lenovo Essential FHD (that also has a wide 95-degree FOV) sits around $30. GameChat isn’t exactly the kind of platform that demands the best quality feed – I know I’m just here to get a kick out of the reactions of friends in Mario Kart World, Mario Party, or Smash Bros. Ultimate in an online party setting. In the realm of webcams, however, Nintendo doesn’t exactly stand out in terms of price or features. Rather, it’s an easy solution for those who want to jump into GameChat on video and don’t want to think too much about the absolute best webcam to get.
If you're in the market for a new Switch (not Switch 2) console, here's a deal worth consideration. AliExpress is currently offering a Nintendo Switch OLED console for just $237.49 with free delivery from a local US warehouse. AliExpress offers several guarantees, including a token discount if the package is delayed, and a complete refund if the package is lost, damaged, or not delivered within 20 days after you place an order.
This is a brand new, genuine Nintendo Switch console, but keep in mind that it is an imported model and the manufacturer's warranty it comes with will not be valid in the United States (however you do get a 15-day return policy). The packaging and materials might also be written in another language. Functionally, however, every Switch console is region unlocked so you'll be able to play it in the US without any problems. You'll be able to select English as your default language just like any console you buy here.
Update: This was originally a sale I found on Woot. However, the Woot listing has since expired and AliExpress is offering a similar import model for a lower price.
Nintendo Switch OLED for $237.49
International model
If you can afford the small price premium of the Switch OLED over the non-OLED model, then I think it's worth the upgrade. The Nintendo Switch OLED features an OLED display that offers better image quality than the original LCD display. That includes deeper blacks, more vibrant colors, and a better color gradient. The text is sharper and easier to read as well. The screen isn't that much bigger (7" on the OLED vs 6.2" on the non-OLED), but it does feel a lot bigger thanks to a thinner bezel. Other upgrades worth mentioning are a new and improved kickstand, a hard-wired ethernet port on the docking station, and an exclusive white Switch shell and matching Joy-Cons.
The Switch 2 is out, but the original Switch is still relevant
The new Nintendo Switch 2 is now available, but in no way does this make the original Swich console irrelevant. For starters, the Switch 2 comes in at a much higher retail price of $449.99. There is also only one brand new triple-A game currently available for it - Mario Kart World Tour - and that game retails for $79.99 unless you are lucky enough to find one of the $500 bundles that already includes the game. Some other games feature visual and performance enhancements for the Switch 2 console, but that's hardly worth the price premium. I myself have decided to hold off purchasing the Switch 2 until more must-play games have been released or a really cool themed edition becomes available.
Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn't hunting for deals for other people at work, he's hunting for deals for himself during his free time.
28 Days Later is widely credited with vivifying zombie movies in the early 2000s. Director Danny Boyle and screenwriter Alex Garland shook the subgenre out of rigor mortis and pushed it into a full-blown sprint, and the dead have been running and walking (and Walking… and Walking… and Walking...) onscreen ever since. But as great horror usually does, 28 Days Later spoke to a moment – specifically the terror attacks of September 11 and the resulting geopolitical fallout – and hauntingly captured how easily rage and fear can trap people in cycles of violence in the wake of a disaster. Following more recent upheavals like Brexit and the COVID-19 pandemic, the new sequel 28 Years Later feels like a bookend to that idea, turning its focus to what it takes to break the cycle. Boyle and Garland dive back into their infected hellscape headfirst, and the decades of perspective they bring back to post-apocalyptic Britain leave 28 Years Later’s musings on what matters most feeling right on time.
Boyle sidesteps the wider spread of the Rage virus suggested by the end of 2007’s 28 Weeks Later by quickly establishing that the infection has been pushed back and contained to the U.K. mainland. Enough time has passed that an entire generation has sprung up without any first-hand experience of how the world fell apart after the outbreak. 28 Years Later wisely centers its action on 12-year-old Spike (Alfie Williams), a citizen of the heavily fortified Holy Island who’s taking his first steps into the wilderness as a hunter-in-training with his dad, Kraven Jamie (Aaron Taylor Johnson). Young enough to want to bring a toy on the hunt, but old enough to know that’s kid stuff, Spike’s vulnerability and bravery are at constant odds as he witnesses the terrors of the Rage virus.
Williams (in his film debut) effortlessly shoulders the swings between those poles, helping to ground 28 Years Later in an emotional realism that evokes what Cillian Murphy achieved in 28 Days Later. Yes, Spike makes mistakes and hesitates, but rarely if ever do these feel like the actions of a helpless child in such a cruel world. Instead, Boyle consistently drives home the idea that Spike and his peers have been forced to grow up too quickly. The way Holy Island’s citizens are lionizing Spike’s ascension to the hunter role, good-natured though it is, has a haunting, violence-begets-violence quality to it, underlined by the montages of child soldiers and the war poetry of Rudyard Kipling peppered into the edit. Holy Island makes for an effective, if not all that subtle, microcosm of isolationism, and the threats that seem to get under the citizens’ skin most – like Ralph Fiennes’ Kelson, who we’ll get to in a moment – will feel deeply familiar to anyone who hasn’t been living under a rock for the last five years.
Taylor-Johnson’s Jamie, who would’ve been about Spike’s age at the time of the initial outbreak, presents a thornier take of how manhood has evolved in this decades-long quarantine. He’s incredibly patient and supportive – tender, even – towards Spike in their one-on-one time, but Jamie embellishes Spike’s prowess with boorish bravado. It’s enough to make the boy more insecure about his survival fundamentals. Taylor-Johnson embodies those conflicting sides of fatherhood without either becoming too one-note. Jamie’s detached treatment of Spike’s ailing mom Isla (Jodie Comer) further drives a wedge between the two, especially once Spike realizes that there’s more that both of them could have been doing to help her. Isla experiences near-constant bouts of disorientation and pain, putting Spike into a position of caretaking that further accelerates his coming-of-age. It's rich work from Comer, and though Isla’s scattered mind makes her a slightly less-focused character in her own right, her love for Spike shines through her pain. The lessons she has for him end up feeling even more valuable than Dad’s tips for taking infected out in one shot.
28 Years Later’s greatest challenge is one of Boyle and Garland’s own making: the explosion of zombie fiction inspired by 28 Days Later means a lot of points of comparison for both the action and the drama. The infected action is slick and well-staged, but it’s here that the hordes of imitators have most watered down Boyle’s brand of zombie violence. 28 Years Later introduces some new subspecies of infected that feel like they could’ve shambled right out of Left 4 Dead, some of which pose questions about the nature of the infection that beg to be answered in the already-shot sequel 28 Days Later: The Bone Temple.
Most effective are the Alpha infected, a truly hilarious name for the brutes given the themes Garland’s script trafficks in. These crazy-ripped, nigh invincible hulks immediately ratchet up the tension any time they’re on screen, with finishers that would make even Sub-Zero exclaim “flawless victory” in satisfied wonder. A chase scene involving an Alpha making its way towards Holy Island results in one of the most unbearably tense moments in the film, like if the oncoming train from that scene in Stand By Me were a naked bodybuilder running full-tilt at the leads... a hog-wild encounter, to be sure. But as great as the makeup and digital effects in 28 Years Later are, it’s just not as exciting to see a person kill a zombie (or vice versa) as it was in 2002. Boyle and Garland seem content to let their imitators and acolytes try to outdo each other. 23 years later, they’re more concerned with matters of the heart.
Boyle chases the guerilla-filmmaking textures of 28 Days’ groundbreaking digital cinematography by shooting 28 Years Later mostly on iPhone 15 Max Pros. The small size of those phones compared to big unwieldy movie cameras does allow for seriously kinetic coverage during the action scenes. As Boyle himself dubbed it, there’s a “poor man’s bullet time” effect accentuating some killshots that looks so cool the first time, but loses just a bit of its luster by its fifth or sixth deployment. That shifty camera move is also infrequently used to accentuate character, like when Boyle wants to underline Jamie’s bubbling lower case “r” rage by focusing on a knife in his hands and performing just a little shift to remind us that the virus doesn’t create fury, it merely amplifies it past all reason. Boyle puts the iPhone camera to work in low-light situations as well, painting Spike’s zombie nightmares in angry night-vision reds.
It’s a testament to how far technology has advanced since 28 Days Later that the “shot on iPhone” acknowledgment rarely feels that relevant – though the professional-grade lenses that Boyle and his frequent cinematographer Anthony Dod Mantle strap to their consumer-grade smartphones probably have something to do with that. They highlight the beauty of the British countryside so well that it never feels like an unfavorable trade for 28 Days’ chillingly empty London. Drone shots similarly add a propulsive new view on the action, weaving in and out of groups of infected with dizzying speed.
Boyle and Garland seem content to let their imitators and acolytes try to outdo each other. 23 years later, they’re more concerned with matters of the heart.
But as is often the case in zombie fiction – here, let me just lean in and whisper real quick… maybe we’re the real monsters. 28 Years Later teases out the significance of Kelson , a mysterious outcast drawn as a Colonel Kurtz-type with a penchant for burning bodies en masse, and his relatively late entrance opens the door to some of the story’s most potent material. Kelson’s presence narrows the scope of the third act considerably, but, without being too specific about what he’s up to wandering around that there Bone Temple, it’s absolutely the right call for Spike’s final test. And Fiennes turns in a simple, yet devastatingly effective performance to augment it.
I’m not going to lie to you, folks. When I hear the word “soulslike,” my eyes start to glaze over, and I imagine the sweet release of death. It’s the same way I feel when someone says “metroidvania,” or “roguelike.” There’s nothing inherently wrong with soulslikes, metroidvanias, or roguelikes, for the record. There’s just an awful lot of them. I love a good steak, but you can’t eat fillet mignon every day. Sometimes you need some sushi, a taco plate, hell, even just a burger. A little variety goes a long way. So when I got asked whether I wanted a one or two-hour appointment with Wuchang, I only signed up for an hour. But I was allowed to play for two, and I’m really, really glad I did. Wuchang may be a soulslike, but it’s got unique ideas, and by the time I put down my controller, I knew I wanted to see more of what it has to offer.
Wuchang: Fallen Feathers sets itself apart from the jump with its unique art and setting. It takes place in the land of Shu during the latter part of the Ming Dynasty. That single choice sets what I played of Wuchang apart from just about every other soulslike. Most games in this genre aren’t shy about their dark fantasy aspirations. In theory, that should mean everything looks a little different. In reality, that means most games look like Dark Souls, which means that most games really look like Berserk. I like Berserk, but it’s not great when everything looks like it stepped out of one of Kentaro Miura’s panels. Wuchang’s dark fantasy, make no mistake, but its setting means a lot of what I saw looks and feels unique (and colorful).
The story’s got an interesting setup, too. You play as Wuchang, a pirate with a nasty bout of amnesia. In my demo, she woke up without knowing who she was or what was going on. Unfortunately for her, amnesia might be the least of her problems. You see, Wuchang has contracted a disease known as the Feathering. It starts small; feathers form on your limbs. But as the disease progresses, you lose your memories, go mad, and undergo a “monstrous transformation.”
Unlike most other Souls games, you don’t have to equip or spec into magic for it to be useful. It just is.
There’s no known cure, but that doesn’t mean our girl is just going to lie down. She’s healthier than most, so she’s going to look for a cure. The problem is, once most people realize you’ve contracted the Feathering, they’ll attack you on sight. It’s a neat reason for why just about everyone in Wuchang (though not all; there are plenty of people willing to help you) will attack you as soon as they see you. And the Feathering isn’t entirely a curse; it also gives Wuchang access to very powerful magic. Unlike most other Souls games, you don’t have to equip or spec into magic for it to be useful. It just is. That’s pretty slick.
The other big thing Wuchang does is make each of its weapons unique. Each one is different in very subtle ways. The greataxe in my demo could block, but parrying was a technique that was essentially reserved for a longsword. Other weapons didn’t have either ability, opting instead for attack skills to lay on the hurt. And you can’t just fire off these skills anytime, either. Using them (aside from block and parry, which you always have provided you’ve equipped a weapon with them) take charges, which you build by pulling off perfect dodges or parries. Nailing perfect dodges and parries also charges your magic.
Wuchang isn’t quite as fast as Bloodborne, but it’s faster than most souslikes and encourages you to be aggressive to build those charges. The dance is still here against bosses, and you shouldn’t charge in blindly, but Wuchang is less about waiting for enemies to whiff an attack and punishing them and more about forcing them to swing at you, building those charges, and then cashing in for big damage, either through weapon abilities, magic, or attacks that deal damage while switching to your other equipped weapons. It’s a nice change of pace from traditional soulslike, and forces you to take risks to get access to your best stuff.
Even leveling up is its own thing. Instead of dumping points into your core stats, you fill out a skill tree for everything from your weapons to upgrading your flasks. If you want specific stats, you’ll get them through the armor you equip. There’s no shortage of outfits in Wuchang, from the traditional to the risqué (and there is no shortage of fanservice in Wuchang), but you’re not just playing Fashion Souls or looking at core stats here. You always want to be sure you’re picking the right resistances. If you’re losing to enemies with swords, you might want some slashing resistance. Getting smashed by a big hammer? Bludgeoning resistance is the way to go. Magic got you down? Get some magic resistance in you. These choices matter, and I appreciate that your gear matters, even if I could have done without some of the fan service.
There’s no shortage of outfits in Wuchang, from the traditional to the risqué.
There are still bonfires (here, they’re shrines) and resting at them, which in Wuchang is known as “entering the Dream,” still respawns any enemies you’ve defeated. Even that, though, isn’t necessarily safe. The first time I entered the dream in my demo, I was attacked by a large, bird-like boss. I lost the fight that followed, but when I went back to the dream, the boss wasn’t there. I couldn’t tell you what the deal with that was, but it was interesting, and I kept wondering when (or if) I would get another shot at him. I didn’t, but I am interested in getting another crack at him and figuring out what all that stuff is about.
Speaking of bosses, I did get to square off with three of them during my time with Wuchang, and none of them corresponded to the “Big Dude in Armor” stereotype. From Software got that right with Artorias the Abysswalker, and they (and many others) have leaned on similar versions of that fight since. Often imitated, never duplicated, as the saying goes. Wuchang isn’t interested in sitting down at that table, though.
Instead, every one felt very different. The first was a masked man with a halberd. He definitely had a range advantage on my longsword and greataxe combo, but that was fine with me. I wanted him to swing at me so I could build charges and then use my greataxe to lay down the law. This boss took me quite a few attempts, mostly because I’d think I had an opening when I really didn’t, and get cooked for trying to attack when it wasn’t actually my turn. Once I got his patterns down, though, I was building charges and spending them efficiently, dodging through his attacks and landing big swings of my own. And when I needed to back off? I could cover myself with magic.
The second fight was against someone who seemed to have been transformed by the feathering. This was more acrobatic. The boss would leap into the air and attack from range, forcing me to time my dodges to avoid projectiles and keep from committing until I absolutely had to. I didn’t find it nearly as hard as the first (it took me just s couple tries), but I did appreciate the change of pace.
The last fight… whew, that last fight. Only one person at the entire event beat the final fight in the Wuchang demo, and I’m sad to say it wasn’t me. While the other two fights were all about dodging, this one (against a woman wielding a sword), forced me to parry. Even with the right weapon and good timing, she was a hard fight: incredibly fast, aggressive, and damaging. Every time I tried to back off to heal, she was in my face. Even when I parried her successfully, I had to be careful; I often only had time for a single counterattack before she’d hit me again. It was a brutal fight, and I didn’t win, but I appreciated how hard it was, and how I’d had to change my strategy for each boss. I can’t wait for another crack at her from the comfort of my couch.
And that sums up my feelings with Wuchang as a whole, really. I got a ton of time with it, far more than anything else I played at Summer Game Fest, and I left satisfied with what I’d seen. But I was also excited to see more. Not bad for a souslike, right?
Most filmmakers, if they’re lucky, will see a long career with both ups and downs. Few, though, have enjoyed (endured?) as much of a rollercoaster as Danny Boyle. He came out swinging in the mid ’90s with a pair of films that remain among his best before immediately stumbling with a pair of vanity projects. Boyle then reinvigorated the “zombie” horror scene only to chase it with another misfire. Rinse and repeat a couple more times and you have a wildly unpredictable filmography.
Boyle is back in theaters this weekend with his first film in six years: 28 Years Later. So if you’re looking to revisit some of Boyle’s best, here’s our ranking of all 13 of his theatrically released films to date.
13. Yesterday (2019)
It feels almost like bullying putting such a sweetly saccharine movie at the bottom, but labeling it the worst of Boyle’s filmography still feels appropriate. Yesterday is competently made and performed, and it has an engaging hook – an unknown musician named Jack wakes one day to discover that The Beatles never existed, but he still knows all their songs – but it’s just so cloying and sticky in its desperate need for our affection that it threatens to move from instantly forgettable to mildly irritating. Still, and at the very least, you know the soundtrack is pretty darn good.
12. A Life Less Ordinary (1997)
Boyle isn’t above throwing everything at the wall to see what sticks, and A Life Less Ordinary is exhibit A in the argument against doing just that. In theory, at least, this is a romantic comedy with thriller elements and supernatural asides, but not a damn thing lands here (even as it all slides down that metaphorical wall to find an ignoble end on the floor). It’s a mess, start to finish, but it’s a watchable mess thanks to an absolutely stacked cast including Ewan McGregor, Cameron Diaz, Holly Hunter, Delroy Lindo, Dan Hedaya, Stanley Tucci, Tony Shalhoub, and more.
11. Trance (2013)
Boyle is no stranger to twisty thrillers – his best one sits at number three, below – but Trance shows there’s a limit to how many times you should twist, turn, and pull the rug out from under your audience. Trance goes well past that limit, resulting in a film that grows emptier and emptier the longer it goes leaving it wholly out of steam at the end of its hour and forty minutes. Boyle spices things up on the visual front, and the cast (including James McAvoy, Rosario Dawson, Vincent Cassel) do good work, but nothing can break the increasingly numb feeling you’re left with.
10. The Beach (2000)
You can look at the box-office for The Beach – the third-highest of Boyle’s career – and argue that it’s a success, but you’d be hard-pressed to claim that was due to anything other than Leonardo DiCaprio in the lead role (as Ralph, not The Beach). He was still riding high on the Titanic wave, and seeing him wash up on the shore with other attractive, scantily clad young people was irresistible. The movie itself? Not so much. Its themes and ideals are tossed around like chum in the water, and we all know what that leads to. That’s right, the only great scene in the film.
9. Millions (2004)
Filmmakers aren’t above cannibalizing their own work for something new, and Boyle seems to do just that with his “family friendly” romp, Millions. The film sees two young boys come across some dirty money which leads them on a journey involving visitations from the dead and a determined baddie looking to reclaim his cash. It’s basically a splash of Shallow Grave’s plotting and a dash of A Life Less Ordinary’s ethereal Catholicism, but mashed together with messy thoughts on grief, morality, and the UK’s regret over not adopting the EU’s currency standard, the Euro.
8. 127 Hours (2010)
Conflict in movies is typically presented as a tale of someone against someone else, but 127 Hours shakes things up with a story about a young man at war with himself. Trapped in a desperate situation – his arm, literally trapped beneath an immovable boulder – his will to live goes head to head with the unthinkable realization as to his only chance at survival. The film, based on a true story of survival, is as compelling and engaging a tale of resilience as you’re likely to find. Part character study, part dramatic thriller, it’s a fantastically effective film with a strong lead performance.
7. T2 Trainspotting (2017)
Creating a sequel to a groundbreaking film you made decades earlier in your youth can be daunting, but few have pulled it off as well as Boyle does with T2 Trainspotting. Sure, this sequel can’t touch the highs of the original, but it’s still its own terrifically affecting look at people trapped by circumstances wholly within their control. The energy level is lower, as befitting now middle aged characters, and the laughs are far less edgier, but the palpable sadness and sliver of hope remain as Boyle once again shows love for these people and this place.
6. Steve Jobs (2015)
Just as he did with The Social Network, Aaron Sorkin’s script for Steve Jobs adapts one man’s complex history into a simple but captivating and compelling character study that entertains in its caustic wit and confusingly smooth abrasiveness. Boyle takes that simple framework of following Jobs through three pivotal product launches and finds life and energy despite the frequently and deceptively static environments. Conversations become living, breathing set pieces through Boyle’s kinetic sense of style. His cast (Michael Fassbender, Seth Rogen, Kate Winslet, Jeff Daniels, and more) then brings those sharply written words to fiery life, capturing both the man and the movement he helped create.
5. Slumdog Millionaire (2008)
Haters and people prone to using the term “poverty porn” gonna hate, but Boyle’s energetic ode to luck, fate, and living your best life no matter the obstacles thrown your way remains a thrilling delight. Slumdog Millionaire introduced the world to the great Dev Patel, and his character’s journey from the Mumbai slums to a seat of power on a popular game show is an electric ride winding its way through thrills, pathos, and romance. Where Yesterday (way above) really, really needs you to feel good after watching, this one gets you there effortlessly with style, talent, and enthusiasm to spare.
4. Sunshine (2007)
Sometimes everything just clicks into place, and as the first of four stone-cold masterpieces on this list, Sunshine is a powerful example of that relatively rare occurrence. It’s a sci-fi epic that sends a crew on a suicide mission to reignite the sun in the hope of saving an increasingly chilly Earth. Science and faith go head to head, fundamentalists for truth and fantasy butting heads as their time – our time, because the film is no less prescient for its fantastical setting – races to an end, and their journey is as thrilling as it is profound. It also just looks damn cool and sports a killer cast in Cillian Murphy, Michelle Yeoh, Chris Evans, Rose Byrne, and more.
3. Shallow Grave (1994)
Boyle’s first theatrical feature should be the envy of every aspiring filmmaker as he gathers a small group of insanely talented young actors, plies them with a good time and an airtight script, and then delivers a wickedly entertaining thriller that still holds up beautifully three decades later. Ewan McGregor, Kerry Fox, and Christopher Eccleston are close friends who ultimately tear themselves and their lives apart after finding a lot of cash in their flat, and each gives a brilliant performance in the face of twists, turns, betrayal, violence, and a corpse doing the full monty in their spare bedroom.
2. 28 Days Later (2002)
Call them zombies, call them the infected, call them angry jerks – whatever name you give them, just know that these rabid monsters are as scary now as they were when you first watched this movie over two decades ago. 28 Days Later’s lo-fi cinematography creates a feeling of raw immediacy adding to the nightmare fuel that is a world overrun with violent people (both infected and otherwise). The film got a solid-enough sequel in 2007’s 28 Weeks Later, and a planned trilogy is heading our way starting with 28 Years Later, which marks Boyle’s long overdue return to horror. Our bodies are ready.
1. Trainspotting (1996)
As the list above attests, Boyle’s career is one filled with numerous and memorable highs, but his second feature remains the pop culture fixture sitting atop them all. Beyond capturing a time, a place, and a people, Trainspotting walks a delicate line with its honest exploration of both the orgasmic highs brought on by heroin and the utterly devastating results of its inevitably addictive embrace. Hilarious, heartbreaking, beautiful, and disgusting, the film is a genre-bender (and arguably Boyle’s true first horror film) that implores you to choose life – no matter how you define it.
Those are our rankings, but what do you think? Vote in our poll above, and let’s discuss in the comments!
Patience debuted on PBS Sunday, June 15. New episodes air weekly.
Despite its endeavor to take a new approach to the police procedural, Patience – British screenwriter Matt Baker’s plodding six-part series revolving around an autistic police archivist-turned-investigator – leans on tired tropes at every turn. Much like staples of the genre like Psych or Monk, it hopes to cash in on the dazzling special skills and enigmatic unconventionality of its central detective. But there’s a limit to Patience's interest in carving out any proper depth to its protagonist, giving her a meaty backstory, or venturing beyond her surface-level motivations. The result is a series that – in spite of some valiant attempts by its actors to lift a clunky script – is mechanical, soulless and stale. Considering the general lack of autistic women on TV, it’s a real missed opportunity.
The titular main character, hard-nosed puzzle-lover Patience Evans (Ella Maisy Purvis, who, like her character, is neurodivergent), works in the criminal records department hidden in the basement of a police bureau in the quaint UK town of York. The opening sequence follows her at home, timing herself as she solves a gift-shop puzzle to a backing of whimsical orchestral music. Simultaneously, in a bank, a glassy-eyed man takes out a hefty lump sum before heading to a car park, dousing himself in gasoline, and lighting a match. From the first beep of Patience’s stopwatch, there’s a tonal rift between cozy crime drama and gritty cop thriller that can’t quite be bridged. It’s also an early giveaway of a tendency to see Patience as an oddity rather than a rounded, relatable character.
This is the latest in a string of apparent suicides Patience is semi-miraculously able to link together into one murder investigation. When she starts dropping hints by sending additional, unrequested files upstairs to the investigations department, she catches the attention of Detective Inspector Bea Metcalf (Laura Fraser), an unusually, slightly disconcertingly warm antithesis to the stereotypical hard-as-nails police constable.
Discovering the 20-something’s handy flair for identifying crucial details and patterns that neurotypical officers in the department miss, Bea takes Patience under her wing, ensuring her talents are no longer squandered in the storeroom. Patience becomes unofficial “assistant investigator,” presumably without the pay rise. But Bea’s colleagues take less kindly to Patience’s arrival: One minor character remarks that Patience got her name because it will “take every ounce of yours to deal with her.” She’s surrounded by a cast of characters who are endlessly frustrated by their new coworker, each proving their backwardness in a way that feels stage-managed and slightly absurd rather than totally believable.
Even as Patience is lured out from the safety of the criminal records department and bravely enters this new realm, she’s oddly sidelined by her namesake show. Episodes alternate between scenes with the budding detective and ones with the senior police officers. These quip-heavy check-ins seem intended to leaven some of the heaviness of Patience’s storyline – except the sparkless dialogue and feeble humor mean they function as little more than dressed-up exposition.
Though Patience is supposed to unfold from its main character’s perspective, her lack of involvement in numerous parts of the plot, the narrow, unsubtle gamut of ways she makes her presence felt onscreen (briskly walking York’s streets while wearing noise-cancelling headphones, storming off, furrowing her eyebrows, clenching her fists), and the dogged emphasis on how others perceive her as an outsider suggest otherwise. At every point where we start to empathize, we’re reeled back into the point-of-view of her colleagues. And, wherever Patience goes, she’s accompanied by the show’s sweeping, fanciful score, encouraging us to see her from a distance – to view her not as a person living her life or doing her job, but as an object of patronizing awe.
Patience is mechanical, soulless and stale.
Much of Baker’s problem lies in trying too hard to make Patience’s internal world external, forcing her to constantly explain away her behavior and feelings in a script that is both artificial and trite. Too much of the screentime manages to feel like a rote exercise in teaching non-autistic viewers about autistic traits, while bulldozing over any of the autistic characters’ nuances in the process. There’s also a confounding lack of consistency and attention to detail, from incongruity between shots to plot holes to uneven character development. One of Patience’s few redeeming qualities is that its cases of the week each start out with an intriguing premise for a crime – but even these wind up rushed-through and half-baked, with a distinct lack of riveting murderers.
Over the last eight years, the Nintendo Switch has become one of the most successful and influential consoles of all time, confidently securing a place in my regular gaming rotation on the couch while simultaneously becoming a handheld staple of my train commutes and trips abroad alike. But over that same time, its aging innards have become steadily more distracting. That’s why it’s such a relief that the Nintendo Switch 2 has magnetically snapped into our hands at long last, giving games the Switch was struggling to run a shot in the arm and opening the door for a whole new generation of third-party support. At the same time, apart from a creative new mouse control option that works better than it is comfortable to actually use, this sequel system doesn’t provide many of its own novel reasons to upgrade at the moment beyond bringing its out-of-date predecessor into the modern age – and it’s charging a substantial premium ($449) in order to do that.
Let’s start with the basics: From the outside, the Switch 2 looks almost identical to a slightly scaled-up version of Nintendo’s original handheld/console hybrid system (roughly 13% bigger, 10.7 inches across with both Joy-Con controllers attached), but a whole lot of smart tweaks make it a much more refined device – although many of these were carried over from the Switch OLED model. That includes a new kickstand that’s far more robust and versatile, as well as system buttons that are just a bit sleeker. However, there are also welcome additions unique to this device like a second USB port on top so you can finally charge while playing in tabletop mode (anyone who has taken their Switch 1 on a long flight knows how huge of an improvement this is) or plug in certain peripherals like the official camera while docked, as well as a very comfortable 256GB of base internal storage so you don’t immediately have to buy a MicroSD Express card to expand it.
The biggest change to the body of the Switch 2, of course, is the new magnetic attachment system for its updated Joy-Con. This replacement for the original’s slide-on rails is genuinely fantastic, letting you satisfyingly snap them on and off with ease while feeling entirely sturdy and secure when you want them to be. (You can pull them off without pressing the release button if you really want to, but it's almost definitely not going to happen by accident.) In a similar way to how Tears of the Kingdom somehow made Breath of the Wild feel small, it’s the type of upgrade that makes something I previously loved suddenly seem like a first draft that’s a little awkward to go back to.
We’ve now covered pretty much all the major physical differences between the two systems, however, which I do think represents a missed opportunity. Most notably, it’s disappointing that the Joy-Con themselves didn’t get a more ergonomic redesign. As much as I really love the convenience and flexibility of being able to use them attached to the screen, detached to play games with my arms relaxed at my sides, individually for simple multiplayer games, or snapped onto the included grip to form something closer to a conventional gamepad, these controllers are far from the most comfortable around. They are still missing analog triggers, and the button layout has always been cramped and misaligned, but their size increase hasn’t been taken advantage of to make any of that better. In fact, it sort of makes things worse in handheld mode, as the larger device and heavier weight (1.18 pounds with the Joy-Con attached, compared to the original’s 0.88) adds just a little more strain over time. It’s not much worse if you are already used to a Switch 1, but after using the substantially more ergonomic Steam Deck (which is 0.29 pounds heavier) for the past three years, the reused design of these small, flat controllers now sticks out like a sore thumb – quite literally sometimes.
Joy-Con mouse controls are the thing that sets the Switch 2 apart.
Of course, the new Joy-Con do have one exceptionally cool trick up their sleeve: Pop one off and turn it on its side (with the connecting edge down) and you get quick access to an impressively precise mouse control option as you slide it around your coffee table or couch cushion. Simply put, this works well enough to be every bit the game-changer I was hoping it might be… with a couple of major caveats. The good news here is that this mouse option really, truly gets the job done – it’s not going to rival the precision of a high-quality PC gaming setup or anything, but it’s more than accurate enough for your average player, and blows the lid off what kinds of games can be conveniently played at your couch or on the go.
The first time I plopped onto my sofa, propped my Switch 2 on my legs, and then popped off the right Joy-Con and started casually playing Civilization 7 with all the precision of sitting at my desk, something clicked. That same feeling came back when I set my Switch 2 up on a table at an outdoor coffee shop and played Cyberpunk 2077 with the wide arm of a wooden recliner chair as my mousepad. Those weren’t perfect experiences – Civ has an issue where it would occasionally misunderstand my inputs and swap to a different control mode when I clicked, and Cyberpunk’s button mapping demands a little bit too much of your right thumb (which I go into more detail about here). But those felt more like software and implementation problems rather than the fault of the tech itself, and these native mouse controls still stand out to me as the killer feature that sets the Switch 2 apart from any other gaming system available today.
So, what’s the catch? Well, much like using a single sideways Joy-Con on its own, it feels as though Nintendo designed the shape of this controller with the assumption that nobody would ever actually use it this way for longer than the minigames in Nintendo Switch 2 Welcome Tour demand, and in doing so ensured few would ever want to. Mice are shaped the way they are for a good reason, supporting your hand in specific spots and reducing strain wherever they can – and the ergonomics of how your arm is positioned while sitting are important for that as well. In contrast, the Joy-Con 2 is a candy bar with triggers used in whatever position provides a flat enough surface, and there isn’t really a comfortable way to hold it that stays comfortable over long sessions.
When I played Cyberpunk 2077 with The Switch 2’s mouse controls for more than two hours in a row, I could still feel the strain in my hand the next day. Playing Civ for just 45 minutes while reclined on my couch inflamed a tendonitis issue in my forearm (which had been gone for three years) so badly that the pain actually woke me up that night. I even resorted to 3D printing a mouse-shaped Joy-Con shell to ease the hand strain, which did help (and it’s truly crazy Nintendo doesn’t have an official accessory like this available already), but that doesn’t do anything to solve the ergonomics of how you have to hold your arm – especially if you are playing with the mouse on your thigh as Nintendo over-ambitiously recommends.
Mouse controls work very well, but are uncomfortable to use over long sessions.
The end result is an extremely innovative idea that I am as excited about as I am apprehensive to use more. Mouse controls work just fine in short bursts or to navigate menus, but are so uncomfortable in most practical scenarios that I doubt I’ll look to play any large games this way for prolonged sessions. It’s hard to imagine sitting down with Borderlands 4 later this year, for example, and playing an entire FPS campaign like this, which is a true shame. (And if you’re left-handed, you better hope the developer of whatever game you’re playing included an option to flip the controls – Civ and the Switch 2’s menus do, but Cyberpunk 2077 seemingly does not, and there doesn’t appear to be anything built in at the system level to account for this.) That said, if Nintendo were to make an official wireless Mouse-Con or snap-on accessory with all the buttons that are needed and a physical shape that wouldn’t hurt my hand to hold I would pick it up in a heartbeat, so the potential for this control method to be truly great is here.
It’s worth noting that certain games like Cyberpunk 2077 do have out-of-the-box support for a regular USB mouse – and even keyboard! – to be plugged into the dock, turning the Switch 2 into something that could function more like an ultra-portable gaming PC. (Although, notably, that doesn’t currently work in system menus.) That lack of limitation is really great to see, and I hope more games that are also available on PC make use of that potential going forward. I initially thought this might also mean I could plug in a mouse and use that as a more comfortable FPS option in Cyberpunk, but you can’t just use the mouse to replace the right Joy-Con and still use the left for movement without the UI swapping rapidly between the two input methods, and you can’t rebind any of the additional buttons your mouse might have to replace the controller buttons you’ve lost, so it’s not really a full-time solution. It’s all mouse and keyboard or all Joy-Con.
Moving from the Joy-Con to the screen nestled between them, the LCD touch display of the Switch 2 is a pretty big upgrade over the base Switch, and sort of a sidegrade compared to its OLED update that makes up for a lack of vividness with more pixels and frames per second. The jump from a 720p resolution to 1080p is a big one, and the doubled 120fps cap is some very welcome icing on that cake whenever a game can take advantage of it (though currently that’s reserved to only a minigame or two in Welcome Tour). Those improvements shouldn’t be understated, but the move back to LCD does mean the screen doesn’t perform quite as well outdoors and on the go compared to an OLED Switch. It’s still a good looking screen with pretty solid speakers to accompany it, and I was able to play Mario Kart on a sunny day in the park with no visibility problems, but a darker game like Cyberpunk 2077 was basically impossible to make out at times. All in all, it feels like a bit of a wash depending on your play habits and priorities, but since we’ve been forced to choose, I'm personally happy with the resolution and framerate bump.
Thankfully, that upped output isn’t isolated to handheld mode. In addition to finally having an integrated ethernet port (another perk that was on the OLED version first), the redesigned dock allows the Switch 2 to display beautiful 4K with HDR and higher framerates (up to 120 FPS at 1440p on compatible games). That’s thanks in part to a built-in fan and a thoughtful eye toward cooling in general, letting the Switch 2 pump out more power without overheating. Apparently it really needs that, too, because it could get pretty hot to the touch whenever I was playing games in 4K, even something innocuous like Welcome Tour – never to the point where it caused problems or threatened to burn my hands, but at least to a degree that surprised me given how consistently cool it stays while handheld.
If you've only had the Switch 1 since 2017, the visual upgrade here is substantial.
This is where we start to peek inside the system, because the Switch 2’s ability to run games like Tears of the Kingdom with improved resolution and zero lag is probably its biggest selling point for anybody who had been feeling the Switch 1’s age more and more each day as we all cried out for the “Switch Pro” that never came. If you’ve only ever gamed on the original Switch in the last eight years, the upgrade being offered here is substantial – the free updates and paid Switch 2 Editions that have been released for many existing games make them look better, load a whole lot faster, and run the way it feels like they were always meant to. That backward-compatibility support is truly great to see when the Switch has so many still-awesome bangers in its library, and especially when Mario Kart World is the sole significant launch game.
It’s also easy to see how much of a jump has been made here when you compare the games of one developer, CD Projekt Red. The version of The Witcher 3 that came to Switch 1 was almost a novelty, with muddy graphics and a passable framerate that made it seem like a marvel it was able to run at all. Cyberpunk 2077, on the other hand, runs more than respectably on Switch 2 – it’s not on par with other modern platforms or anything, but it’s far more than a consolation prize, and a totally fine way to play an excellent RPG if you haven’t otherwise had the opportunity. The Switch 2 is never going to threaten the PlayStation 5 Pro in terms of raw power, but it’s a whole new world as far as third-party support is concerned. Hopefully it will be a little while before major third-party games start skipping Nintendo’s platform again (because if it has to run on the Xbox Series S anyway, it could probably be made to run here, too).
That said, if you have gamed on devices besides the Switch 1 since 2017, the technical upgrade here is not exactly what I would call exciting in the larger scheme of things. The Switch 2 is Nintendo playing catch-up, and things like HDR and 4K haven’t been thrilling new features for over half a decade. They are great to finally have, don’t get me wrong, and games on the Switch 2 no longer feel stranded on a console that was underpowered even when it first came out. And yet, there’s a part of me that worries we’ll be right back to begging for a Switch 2 Pro when the PlayStation 6 inevitably arrives in a few years time, because this one still hasn’t fully closed the gap with the consoles that launched back in 2020. (I mean, Microsoft announced it is working with AMD on the next Xbox console generation literally as I was writing this.)
Of course, Nintendo has always been more focused on doing a lot with a little in that regard, and that has largely worked to its benefit – the newest Pokemon games were certainly struggling on the 2017 hardware, and have received a big boost here, but it’s hard to argue Breath of the Wild doesn’t still look fantastic today even running at 720p and 30 frames per second (on a good day) thanks to its outstanding art direction. The same can be said for console-defining games like Super Mario Odyssey, Super Mario Bros. Wonder, and Mario Kart 8 Deluxe, among others. Even just playing catch-up is a big deal because any caveats that accompanied those already amazing games have now vanished. I don’t mean to undersell how great it is to feel like the training wheels have finally come off.
GameChat is a neat inclusion, but it's also hilariously overdue.
But that’s part of my point: This does not feel like a whole new bike. You could say that it’s not supposed to, given this is the first time Nintendo has ever put a 2 at the end of a piece of hardware’s name. But, functionally speaking, the Switch 2 feels closer to that mid-generation "Pro” update we never got than a brand-new console, and the gap is even smaller if you are only making the jump from an OLED Switch. And, yes, that was similarly true of the PlayStation 5 and Series X when they launched – I even wrote a whole article at the time about how generational leaps were going to stop being as jaw-dropping as we were used to. But for those systems, their top-of-the-line graphics power was at least somewhat novel on its own when it came to features like ray tracing, which is not the case here unless the Switch 1 is all you know. (Not even in the context of handheld gaming, given the rise of portable PCs like the Steam Deck in recent years.)
Instead, the “big” additions are things like GameChat, which is basically Nintendo’s own version of Discord with a dedicated button on the right Joy-Con to open it – and while it’s certainly a neat way to connect with friends and share your screen (at a comically low framerate), it’s also so hilariously overdue that IGN literally named a podcast Nintendo Voice Chat 17 years ago as a goof because it’s, to quote the 2008 announcement article, “the only place you'll find reliable voice support and "Nintendo" in the same area.” That joke could almost vote before it stopped being true. Meanwhile, Nintendo still isn’t interested in letting us customize the home screen (or even rearrange our game icons), still won’t support most media apps beyond YouTube (and some Switch 1 options like Hulu and CrunchyRoll no longer work at all on Switch 2), and still uses an obnoxious friend code system that’s a hassle next to all the other major platforms. There’s at least a welcome redesign of the eShop, which was painfully slow on the original Switch, but the system menus and interfaces are otherwise close to identical.
This kind of incremental system upgrade isn’t necessarily a bad thing in a vacuum, but it stands out to me when this console is also a whopping $449 compared to the original Switch’s $299 despite having slightly worse battery life in handheld mode – when playing big games like Mario Kart World, Cyberpunk 2077, or Civilization 7 on the go, I’ve yet to make it far past the two-and-a-half hour mark without having to plug in. Pair that with only a single launch exclusive worth playing and, apart from revisiting games I’ve already beaten at a resolution and framerate I’ve been used to seeing elsewhere for a half decade, there’s just not much that’s got me actively excited to play my Switch 2 at the moment. That will surely change when the phenomenal looking Donkey Kong Bananza and other new games start to arrive in the coming months, but for now this launch feels a little subdued.
Looking for a cheap power bank to extend the playtime of your brand new Nintendo Switch 2 console? Then this is the best power bank deal I've seen for today. Amazon is offering an Iniu 10,000mAh 22.5W USB Power Bank for just $11.87 after you clip the 10% off coupon on the product page and apply promo code "F4M479K9" during checkout. Iniu power banks generally have great reviews and are less expensive than equivalent Anker models. This particular power bank shares its 18,000 4.6-star Amazon reviews with one other model.
INIU 10,000mAh 22.5W Power Bank for $11.87
This INIU power bank features a 10,000mAh (37Whr) capacity, which can charge a Nintendo Switch 2 from completely empty to full about 1.5 times, a Switch OLED about 1.9 times, an iPhone 16 about 2.2 times, and an iPhone 16 Pro Max about 1.7 times. It's equipped with three outputs: one 22.5W USB Type-C port with Power Delivery 3.0 and two USB Type-A ports with QuickCharge 4. The USB Type-C PD port can charge Nintendo Switch at its fastest rate, which is 18W.
With a power bank this small, you don't need to worry about being stopped at airports. The 10,000mAh capacity is well below TSA's 27,000mAh carry-on limit. The INIU power bank is also slim and compact so it's unlikely anyone will take notice in the first place. If a TSA official actually does take the initiative to test the wattage, you are well in the clear.
Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn't hunting for deals for other people at work, he's hunting for deals for himself during his free time.
If you scan the shelves of your local board game store, any number of well-known video game adaptations will likely leap out at you. There’s Mass Effect: Priority Hagalaz for example, or Slay the Spire: The Board Game, alongside many other board games based on video games. But one very well-known name you won’t see is that of Lara Croft, or her beloved Tomb Raider franchise. For the series’ legions of fans, that is all about to change, but not necessarily in the way that they might think.
“We wanted to create a solo board game where Lara Croft is on a new adventure,” Luke Meila, designer of the upcoming Tomb Raider: The Crypt of Chronos, explained to IGN at his stand at the UK Games Expo, boldly supported by a hirsute gentleman cosplaying as Lara Croft. “We’ve seen Lara in video games, movies, comics and her adventures are always tailored to whatever the medium is, so that’s what we did with this: make a board game as if Lara has always been in a board game.”
That’s the core conceit driving the unusual solo nature of the game, which Melia feels is a pretty bold decision. “There are lots of franchises that create one-player modes in their board game adaptations, but we’ve never seen one build a complete solo game,” he continued. “While there are some great solo games like Under Fallen Skies and Final Girl, there’s nothing with a license this big. I was worried someone would get cold feet and pressure us into turning this into a more traditional multiplayer game.”
Luckily, that didn’t happen, and Melia has been free to realize his vision in the form of a game with two different ways to play. “There’s the adventure book, which is fifteen structured missions,” he said. “It’s designed to tell the story of how Lara got to the island of Kairos and what she’s looking for there. It kind of teaches you how to play, using a minimal set of components.”
Once you’re familiar with that, you can move onto campaign play. “This is much more of an open world, much more expansive” said Melia. This involves moving Lara across a map of the whole island, with different terrain hexes divided into jungles, deserts, mountains and tombs. “Each of the tombs has a token on it, and one of those tokens hides a map, while another hides a key,” he added. "When you get both, you’ll gain access to your big final mission.”
Each hex on the map has you drawing a card which shows you how to set up a level to play through, built from modular tiles supplied in the box. Traversing this has its own set of challenges depending on the terrain. “Jungles are quite balanced,” Melia said. “Deserts are hot and dangerous, wide open spaces that require a lot of traversal and enemies can see you from far away. Tombs are more puzzle-based with fewer enemies.”
Putting puzzles in board games has always been a double-edged sword. Puzzling and strategy feel like very close bedfellows, but once you’ve solved a puzzle, there’s little point in doing it again, making your game obsolete. Melia has found an ingenious way to get around this problem by making parts of each puzzle highly dynamic.
“So in this tomb we have to collect an artifact, which is locked behind a door,” he demonstrated. “We've got a boulder that you have to push around and you've got to try and work out how to get to the artifacts. So you need to work out where to put the boulder to get access to the unlocked corridors, and work out the correct order to throw the switches. There are twelve different tombs in the game, with different maps, different objectives and different switches. That would be a lot to try and memorize.”
And even if you do, Melia has designed things so that the game will keep on throwing you curveballs. “How each tomb plays out is going to be different on each replay,” he continued. “The events are going to be different, the enemies are going to be different. You’ll create a plan at the beginning of each tomb, but you have to continually adjust that plan according to what’s going on around you. You might learn where to push a boulder but that will be complicated if an enemy wanders into the area.”
He’s spent a surprising amount of time ensuring that his invention continues to puzzle even experienced players. “I experimented with all kinds of different puzzle options because having stale solutions was exactly my worry,” he confessed. “I wanted this to be endlessly replayable. But we’ve done a lot of playtesting and so far we’ve not had an issue where someone has done the same tomb twice and it’s not felt different each time. There’s enough variation in there to throw you off, whatever your plan is.”
Outside of tombs, you’re faced with more traditional challenges such as jumping, sneaking, and fighting, which are handled with a palette of six different actions and a pool of six dice that you can spend to boost your action. “ You can use as many dice as you want on an action and the more you use, the more powerful it is,” said Melia. “However, once you've used all six, your turn is done. If I want to run across the board, I could roll four dice for movement, but then if I find myself in a combat situation, it only leaves me with two.”
Once you’re out of dice, the enemies get to react. “They move on patrol routes,” Melia said. “Unless you’ve created noise in which case they’ll go and investigate and if they see you, they’ll attack. Then there’s an event phase where you’ll draw a card. There are lots of different kinds, like a dart trap you’ll have to try and dodge, or enemies spawning onto the board, or bonus resources. As you uncover resources, you can use them to craft new weapons and new outfits, and new actions as well.”
In the campaign game, enemies don’t just spawn and move in the level you’re playing but on the island map as well. “On the island enemies are NATLA, one of the famous villains from the Tomb Raider games,” Melia revealed. “Their invasion is spreading across the island, and every time you run out of event cards, more and more will appear. So if you draw helpful events like bonuses, they’re out of the deck and the game gets harder because enemies appear more frequently.”
Individual missions take about 20 to 60 minutes, so it can take a while to play through the 15 scenarios in the adventure mode. But, happily, the campaign missions are a bit shorter, allowing you to fit the whole thing into an evening’s play, which takes about three hours. However, the game has still been designed so you can “save” it in the midst of a campaign if you so wish. “We’ve included a save box,” says Melia. “You put in what you’ve crafted and it tells you how to save the decks.”
Video game adaptations to tabletop always face a barrier of how far to replicate the twitch action of the screen to the more sedate pace of the table. That’s why Melia tried to focus on the puzzling aspects of the franchise, but he made sure to try and make taking actions in the game feel like those of the original as much as possible. “You climb up to different levels of terrain in the game,” he explained. “Originally, I made moving and climbing two separate actions, with a roll to climb, because that’s how it works in the video game. You stop in front of the wall, jump and then climb up. But it just wasn’t fun on the tabletop, it got in the way of itself. We made them into one fluid action and it costs movement points to climb up and down.”
There are lots of other subtle nods to the original experience, too. “There’s a cooperative mode called pass the controller,” Melia said. “You take the dice, take a turn and then pass it to the other player. My wife and I play together quite a lot and we make joint decisions on what Lara is doing. It’s great until Lara gets surrounded by enemies and we disagree on how to get her out!”
And after months of design work and internal testing, Melia, who admits to being a devotee of the series from the very first game, finally got to try it out with some fellow fans. “They said it felt like an authentic Tomb Raider experience,” he beamed. “During one puzzle, one of them said that it couldn’t be done. That it was impossible. And I didn’t say anything, I just watched him reverse engineer it until finally I saw it click, and he smiled and solved it. And that was excellent.”
There can’t be many finer moments for a game designer, nor a player who loves the series, and it won’t be long before you get the chance to experience it on your own tabletop, too.
Matt Thrower is a contributing freelance writer for IGN, specializing in tabletop games. You can reach him on BlueSky at @mattthr.bsky.social.
Alienware is offering competitive prices on RTX 5080 equipped gaming PCs to kick off June. Right now you can pick up an Alienware Aurora R16 RTX 5080 gaming PC for $2,374.99 shipped. This is a good price for a well-engineered gaming rig with powerful current generation components, 240mm AIO water cooling, and sensible airflow design that can handle 4K gaming at high frame rates. In the current market, buying a prebuilt gaming PC is the only way to score an RTX 5080 GPU without paying an exorbitant markup. If you were to try to find a 5080 GPU for your do-it-yourself PC build, you'll probably spend nearly as much for the GPU as you would for an entire system.
Update: Price has dropped slightly from $2450 to $2325.
Alienware Aurora RTX 5080 Gaming PC From $2,375
The GeForce RTX 5080 GPU will run any game in 4K
The RTX 5080 is the second best Blackwell graphics card, surpassed only by the $2,000 RTX 5090. It's about 5%-10% faster than the previous generation RTX 4080 Super, which is discontinued and no longer available. In games that support the new DLSS 4 with multi-frame generation exclusive to Blackwell cards, the gap widens.
Check out more of the best Alienware deals
Check out our Best Alienware Deals article with all of Dell's currently ongoing deals on gaming laptops and desktop PCs. Not everyone is the DIY type. If you're in the market for a prebuilt gaming PC, Dell is one of the best brands we'd recommend. Alienware desktops and laptops feature solid build quality, top-of-the-line gaming performance, excellent cooling (further improved on the newer models), aggressive styling, and pricing that is very competitive with other pre-built options. Best of all, there are plenty of sales that happen throughout the year, so it's not difficult to grab one of these computers at considerably less than their retail price.
Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn't hunting for deals for other people at work, he's hunting for deals for himself during his free time.
Final Fantasy’s Magic: The Gathering set has been a huge success, with fans getting to wield cardboard versions of iconic characters from the series. While the set is home to some fantastic chase cards all of its own, it’s also led to some price increases on cards that play nicely with the new Universes Beyond additions.
Not only that, while there's been a rapid price increase, none of these cards are overly expensive to buy standalone on the secondary market right now (maxing out at $15 at most). From card draw engines to Saga skippers, these are three of the best cards you can snap up right now, and what to use them for.
Harmonic Prodigy - Modern Horizons 2
Harmonic Prodigy has seen a significant price jump because it pairs so nicely with Vivi Ornitier, a great Commander option from the new set.
Aside from the Prowess, Harmonic Prodigy triggers abilities of a Shaman or Wizard a second time. Not only does that mean Vivi can grow in power and turn into a mana source, but it also means you can ping rivals for an extra point of damage, too.
It's up by +272.96% in the past year, and +131.78% this month, currently sitting at around $11.45 market value.
Barbara Wright - Universes Beyond: Doctor Who
Look, I have no interest in Doctor Who (but my editor does!). Still, even if you don’t like timey-wimey sci-fi shows, Barbara Wright is certainly now worth a look for any Final Fantasy decks you’re building.
Her History Teacher perk allows players to select a step on a Saga (including Final Fantasy Summons) and jump right to it. That means you can get to Bahamut’s Megaflare or Primal Odin’s Zantetsuken without delay. Sure, it’ll mean your Summons are gone sooner than they otherwise would be, but let's be honest, your opponents aren’t going to know what hit them.
She's up an unbelievable +4230% in the past year, +2835.71% in the past three months, and even +415.48% just this month. With market currently sitting at $4.58, she's still pretty affordable, but considering it was $0.15 in March 2025, that's some big stonking gains.
Danny Pink - Universes Beyond: Doctor Who
More Doctor Who? (Sigh) OK, but it’s still a great inclusion if you’re a big fan of drawing cards (and who isn’t?). He's up 189.84% just in the past few months, rising to $12.68 market value, up from $4.33 in March.
Danny Pink is a 4-cost 4/3 on his own, but he also gives other creatures +1/+1, which then allows for additional draw. If you’ve been keeping an eye on the latest batch of Commander Decks, you’ll know where this is going.
Put simply, Danny Pink gets out of hand quickly when used in the Counter Blitz precon deck. Its mix of additional counters, and its focus on proliferating said counters, means you can rack up a frankly obscene amount of card draw per turn.
Where Can I Buy Final Fantasy x Magic: The Gathering?
Final Fantasy x Magic: The Gathering cards can be found non-foil in both Play Boosters and Collector Boosters, with foil versions of the cards only available in Collector Boosters.
But, the best avenue to get the cards you want, without spending an absolute fortune, is by purchasing singles, so keep that in mind as well.
Whether you're here for FF6’s Terra, FF7’s Cloud, FF10’s Tidus, or FF14’s Warrior of Light, these sets are stacked with heroes and villains from across the series.
And that’s just the Commander Decks, the full release runs deep. If you managed to lock in a preorder before they vanished, congrats. Otherwise, check in with the links just above to bookmark or wishlist your favorite set in anticipation of any restocks soon.
Lloyd Coombes is Gaming Editor @ Daily Star. He's a big fan of Magic: The Gathering and other collectible card games, much to his wife's dismay. He's also a tech, gaming, and fitness freelancer seen at Polygon, Eurogamer, Macworld, TechRadar, Tom’s Guide, IGN, and more.
If there’s one thing beyond doubt after having played well over 100 hours with Dune: Awakening, it’s that Funcom has done its homework in crafting the most authentic take on the Dune-iverse imaginable. As a longtime fan of Frank Herbert’s iconic sci-fi setting, that’s an incredible thing to experience more often than not, and my time on Arrakis has been filled with moments of genuine shock. It’s very clever how the harsh environments and empty space are repeatedly used as progression checks, turning what seem like they should be weaknesses into strengths. Other times, that stubborn adherence to established lore results in annoying or just plain boring irritations, like how you’re all but forced to adopt a nomadic lifestyle in a genre where putting down roots and building up your base is one of the fundamentals. There have also been plenty of technical issues and bugs, an endgame that could use a bit of hydration, and combat that never stops being underwhelming, but on balance my friends and have had an absolutely awesome time nerding out.
If you’ve ever played a survival game (and have read a Dune book or seen the movies) before, you’ll know most of what you need to feel at home among the giant sand worms: you gather materials from the world, build your own ugly-as-heck home, and upgrade your equipment to gain access to more dangerous areas with rarer materials. Like plenty of survival games, including Funcom’s own Conan Exiles or last year’s Once Human, all of this is happening on a server full of similarly sunburnt players in a perpetually online world, where cooperation and limited instances of PvP are both a distinct possibility, and which account for most of its best moments.
The story is an interesting twist on the Dune world that takes place in an alternate reality where Paul Atreides was never born and House Atreides doesn’t collapse as a result. It’s a smart decision that allows for Awakening’s developers to play in the Dune-iverse without tying themselves to canon events or being obligated to kill off the various fan-favorite characters that the novels dispose of with reckless abandon. The plot is full of lore, familiar faces, and a few compelling twists and turns, but unfortunately each of those chapters is separated by about a dozen hours of gameplay and grinding that makes it pretty hard to keep track of or enjoy in any comprehensive way. Plus, Funcom makes the classic mistake of randomly throwing in a stealth level, and though it’s not quite as annoying as these one-offs tend to be, it’s definitely not playing to Awakening’s strengths. All in all though, I quite enjoyed the story that’s told, in large part because it makes such good use of the universe and worldbuilding.
Where this game really sets itself apart is by just how much it adheres to its legendary setting.
Where this game really sets itself apart, though, is by just how much it adheres to its legendary setting, and that has a major impact on just about everything you do. For example, clever use is made of Arrakis’ harsh environment, which is weaponized against you quite literally every second you stay within its atmosphere. Standing directly in sunlight unprotected will bake you alive in a matter of seconds; sandstorms blow on a regular basis and will kill you if you aren’t able to get to shelter first; and most notably, there’s the issue of those pesky, enormous, man-eating worms which gobble you up if you dare tread upon their domain for too long. By leaning into the unforgiving world as much as it does, Awakening puts you in a constant battle against the planet itself. So instead of casually trotting around collecting resources at your leisure and settling your own little piece of the world, you’re frantically ducking behind rocks to avoid the sun’s harsh rays and drink what little water you have left, and playing a never-ending game of “the floor is lava” as you rush from one place to another with a shai-hulud hot on your heels.
All of these hazards give you obstacles that are satisfying to overcome. For example, early on you’re unable to leave the tutorial area thanks to a massive gap of empty space where sun exposure or, more likely, a massive worm would certainly kill you if you attempt to go on foot, so you have to craft your first vehicle in order to safely cross it. Later on, you start to encounter places that are too hot or irradiated to explore without proper equipment. There are plenty of examples just like this, where the unique nature of the setting is turned into an interesting mechanic and usually Awakening is a better, more interesting survival game for it.
But there are other times where this fanatical adherence to Dune conventions can be quite obnoxious, like how you’re encouraged (and in some cases required) to move your base of operations from place to place as you unlock access to higher-level regions. Pulling up stakes means you either have to abandon all you’ve built up to that point or tediously relocate as much of your equipment as you can, piece by piece.
Then there’s stuff like the fact that guns are often useless, since many enemies make use of the all-important Holtzman shields that completely protect from ranged attacks. This creates a weird situation where you’re juggling back and forth between guns and melee weapons depending on which enemy is currently running towards you, oftentimes having to choose between addressing the swordsman barreling down on you or the guy a few feet behind him with a chaingun, which can create a really oppressive rhythm to combat. While using guns is more effective at the start, once enemies start getting shields here’s little reason to ever use a gun. Melee is much better at killing enemies, since you can sprint through almost any bullets that bounce off your shield, then stun and stab enemies relentlessly until they die, but this becomes extremely monotonous, since every encounter plays out identically with almost no variety.
Dune: Awakening has pretty awful combat.
That’s just part of the reason that, like almost every single one of its peers, Dune: Awakening has pretty awful combat. I knew going into a survival MMO that would be the case, but it’s still a particularly bitter pill that never gets any easier to swallow. I spent half of my time playing with ranged weapons before switching to a vastly more effective melee build, but both are repetitive, sloppy, and downright janky. I honestly kinda respect how much Dune: Awakening sticks to its guns by making said guns ineffective to keep with Dune lore, even as it sometimes comes at the expense of me having a good time.
There are, at least, some neat little tricks like Bene Gesserit powers that let you command enemies to stop dead in their tracks for stretches of time, or an anti-gravity grenade that suspends everyone in the air, but very little of this stuff mixes things up enough to make up for the hours of blandness forced upon you. What’s more, there’s also some really irritating bugs, like how sometimes the parry button is unresponsive, or for some reason you simply won’t be able to swing your weapon at all until you unequip and re-equip it, which requires running away frantically to find a hiding spot where it’s safe to do so. Again, in the world of MMOs and survival games alike, I don’t expect anything as polished as Gears of War, but if you were hoping Dune would get this bit right I’m afraid that it definitely does not in its current state.
Progression is incredibly well paced.
Thankfully, the combat miss is more than counterbalanced by the absolutely stellar survival mechanics, which are some of the most thoughtful and polished I’ve seen in a while. There’s a constant stream of new technologies to research, equipment to craft, and material to hunt for with almost no filler or repetitive grind along the way. Every time I collected the right materials to craft the latest shiny thing I want, I immediately had another enticing item to chase, and with unique schematics dropping left and right, I was always making interesting decisions on whether to spend my rarest materials on a cool item with a special effect versus taking the more conservative route and just crafting common items to save those resources for a rainy day (it’s gotta rain on Arrakis eventually…right?) There are some instances where the exact amount of materials needed to craft something, and the time it takes for those recipes to be cooked up, are a bit much, especially in the endgame where you can go through ornithopters quite quickly during PvP. But aside from these more extreme, late-game examples, the progression is incredibly well paced.
It’s especially impressive that Funcom accomplished this loop so well in a desert world where there are no other locations aside from hot sand, and almost no plants or wildlife available to harvest. A major hallmark of survival games is punching trees, and there are no trees on Arrakis – instead, you’re making tools to pull water from morning dew collecting in the world at night and by pulling it from the air, which is just really clever and a welcome change of pace that embraces the weird and barren setting, even if it is still essentially the same thing.
It took me over 80 hours to complete the campaign.
Though it took me over 80 hours to complete the campaign and master the main map of Hagga Basin, there’s still quite a bit to do once you reach the end of the grind and are inevitably pushed out to the Deep Desert to begin the endgame. This PvP-heavy zone is the only source of the materials necessary to reach the highest heights currently available in Dune: Awakening and has some really great ideas, like how the Coriolis Storm sweeps through each week and destroys everything in its path, leaving behind a new procedurally generated map to explore and fight other players to build settlements on. Unfortunately, those maps are absolutely massive and largely empty (and not in a good way, like the Hagga Basin), and what structures and shipwrecks there are to explore are mostly carbon copies of one another and almost instantly become a chore to explore.
But worse than that is the fact that the main event of the Deep Desert is the PvP experience, which is presently pretty awful – and not just because combat in general isn’t great in Awakening. The current meta involves everyone on the map flying around in ornithopters, carpet bombing one another into oblivion as they fight for a small amount of minerals needed for crafting. There’s very little in the way of gunplay, and hand-to-hand combat is fairly rare unless you get caught inside a shipwreck or cave, which isn’t all that likely when so much of the map is barren dunes. It’s a massively unrewarding experience that leaves those without guilds or powerful ships to live under the oppressive regime of their fellow players. If your ornithopter is destroyed in a dogfight, which is fairly likely, then you’ll need to haul your defeated butt back to Hagga Basin for another few hours of grinding to make a new ship, just for the chance to get your teeth kicked in and your mouth filled with sand all over again.
What’s hilarious is that even if you’re on the winning side of that brutal equation, you’re rewarded with basically nothing since players only drop the loot in their backpack and hang on to the much more valuable items they likely currently have equipped on their person. You’re at least able to grab some high-value materials, including the all-important spice, which helps you craft some of the most potent items on Arrakis, but those can also be scavenged from the world if you simply get lucky and swoop in undetected to grab what you need and leave before someone blasts you. It’s a meta that simply isn’t very fun for either side, and combined with the lack of rewarding things to do, I suspect this underdeveloped part of the Dune journey will be the focus of some serious revamping in the weeks and months to come.
Speaking of which, there’s still some technical work to be done as well. It’s certainly better than it was during the beta, but even as improved as it is, I’ve had disconnects, seen entire mountains disappear and reappear before my eyes, and even had a few hours where all sand worms just up and deleted themselves from existence, making everyone on the server swarm to the resources normally protected by their constant threat. It’s not been the smoothest launch by any stretch – but also far from the worst.
IGN can exclusively reveal that Fathom Entertainment and Dark Sky Films have designated August 18, 2025 as Texas Chain Saw Day, a nationwide theatrical celebration honoring the iconic and influential horror film, The Texas Chain Saw Massacre.
For one night only, on August 18th, audiences across the United States will be able to watch the original 1974 film in cinemas and in 4K.
Why August 18th, you may wonder? Because the events of the original film take place on August 18, 1973, so Texas Chain Saw Day marks the 52nd anniversary of the events depicted in the Tobe Hooper-directed classic.
Texas Chain Saw Day theatergoers will also get a sneak peek of Chain Reactions, an upcoming documentary about the Texas Chain Saw Massacre franchise directed by Alexandre Phillipe (The People vs. George Lucas, William Shatner: You Can Call Me Bill, Lynch/Oz).
Chain Reactions, which won the Golden Lion at the 81st Venice International Film Festival, chronicles the impact the 1974 film had on Stephen King, Patton Oswalt, Takashi Miike, Alexandra Heller-Nicholas and Karyn Kusama.
“Texas Chain Saw Day will create the ultimate cinematic experience for fans of The Texas Chain Saw Massacre. With a 4K restoration and an exclusive new look at Chain Reactions, August 18 will be a day of celebration for fans of The Texas Chain Saw Massacre,” said Fathom Entertainment CEO, Ray Nutt in a statement.
“Horror has long been a staple in the wide array of classic and genre-based theatrical movies Fathom brings to audiences nationwide, and Texas Chain Saw Day will be a cinematic experience like no other.”
Today’s lineup includes some big names in gaming and collectibles, with Nintendo Switch 2 preorders for Kirby and Donkey Kong Bananza leading the charge. Both titles look like must-plays for platformer fans, with Kirby’s upgraded edition offering smoother performance and new post-game content, and Donkey Kong getting the full 3D treatment for the first time since the N64 days. Collectors will also want to check out the pixel-perfect FiGGYZ and the 50th anniversary SteelBook edition of Monty Python and the Holy Grail on 4K UHD.
Featured in this article
On the tech side, deals include a $499 Mac Mini M4, a $699 MacBook Air M3, and a big drop on Samsung’s ultra-wide Neo G9 monitor. We’re also seeing discounts on the Anker 4K HDMI Switch and accessories for the Switch 2 like JSAUX’s 3-pack screen protector and tomtoc’s slim carrying case. If games are more your speed, two new Humble Bundles are live—one for story-driven indies and another stacked with brawlers like River City Girls and Final Vendetta. Scroll on for the best savings.
Hulu + Live TV Free Trial
Hulu + Live TV offers a three-day free trial that allows you to take the live TV streaming service for a spin. This is one of the overall best streaming free trials because it gets you a bundle of services. It is quite a bit shorter than the standard Hulu free trial of 30 days, but it's a great way to test it out over the weekend.
Pokémon Restock Updates
Checking these prices against TCG Player secondary market values, a lot of these products aren't far off the mark. Make no mistake, they're still way off MSRP, but finding Pokémon products on shelves that haven't been marked up past the point of anyone caring is a positive. Still refusing to pay over MSRP for new sets? Well played, I'm proud of you. Here's some single card highlights for you to shuffle through instead. Spoiler, there's plenty of deals to be had.
Destined Rivals Singles Are On The Rise (Again)
It's hard to stick a pin on Destined Rivals single card values right now, and the dips in value seem to match the little bits of stock distributors release to stores. Looking at the tracking charts for each of these cards, we can see mostly plummets from day one, then either upticks or cards for sale that exceed the original value at launch. It's crazy, but we now know how low these cards can go. Sure there's always attempts at market manipulation, but I wouldn't buy any cards on the rise right now.
The Most Expensive Pokémon Cards In Packs RIGHT NOW
We're not talking about vintage or out of print sets, all of these are incredible chase cards you can pull from booster packs available now. You can probably put money on their value going up as soon as their respective sets go out of print. If you don't want to spend mega money ripping open packs, market values on these single cards are quite reasonable for the most part..
Destined Rivals Sealed Stock
Wew're look to market values for Destined Rivals at the moment, seeing as big box stores are either fresh out of stock or charging over MSRP and what they're worth on the secondary market. So here's the full lineup to pop on your shelf or rip open like THAT Tyranitar. If you know you know.
Discounted MTG: Aetherdrift Boxes
Magic: The Gathering discounts at a big box store like Amazon? Surely not! Aetherdrift turned the MTG meta on its head introducing vehicles and other unique mechanics. This is a great time to jump into it and rip open some packs, it's deffinately one of the most "out there" twists on the ever popular trading card game.
Where To Buy MTG: Final Fantasy
It's finally here, Magic the Gathering: Final Fantasy is out in the wild. If you got a preorder for MSRP, well played, but many TCG and Final Fantasy fans missed out. Fear not, there's still some options on sealed products available right now, including options from the secondary market with TCG Player which is around the same or lower than the pricing of big box retailers right now.
Kirby and the Forgotten Land (Switch 2)
Kirby’s back with a fresh upgrade for Nintendo Switch 2 in a reworked version of Kirby and the Forgotten Land. This enhanced edition features smoother performance, higher resolution, and a brand new post-meteor storyline with extra Mouthful Modes. It’s the same colorful 3D platforming adventure, complete with abandoned malls, mystery-filled ruins, and chaotic boss fights, now with expanded content and improved visuals. You can even team up with a friend in local co-op to save the Waddle Dees and rebuild their town together.
Donkey Kong Bananza
With a Nintendo Direct dropping for Donkey Kong Bananza tommorow, it's a good time to make sure you've got the Mario Odyssey-esque 3D platformer secured for day one. This physical edition has the full game on the cart and is giving DK the kind of 3D platforming love it's been missing since the Nintendo 64 days.
FiGGYZ
FiGGYZ are a new line of 4.3-inch pixel art collectibles that snap into place with magnets and feature characters from major franchises like Sonic, Street Fighter, and Banjo & Kazooie. They're compact enough for desks or shelves, and every release includes a chance at rare gold, silver, and bronze variants with drop rates as low as 1%. A clean, fun option for collectors who want to show off their favorite characters without clutter.
Monty Python And The Holy Grail - 4K UHD Combo + Steelbook
Monty Python and the Holy Grail gets the 4K UHD treatment in this limited edition SteelBook release, celebrating 50 years of absurdity. Follow King Arthur and his coconut-clopping knights on their chaotic quest for the Holy Grail, now with upgraded Dolby Vision visuals and Atmos audio. This edition includes a tribute feature with comedians and fans, plus a bonus “Near-Theatrical” HD cut of the film.
Badass Brawlers Bundle
Humble’s Badass Brawlers Bundle serves up seven beat-’em-ups for just $16, with a total value of $179. Highlights include River City Girls 2 with four-player co-op, the kaiju-smashing Dawn of the Monsters, and cult favorite Double Dragon Neon. Other picks like Full Metal Furies, Final Vendetta, and Young Souls round out a solid lineup of co-op-friendly, side-scrolling brawlers. All games redeem on Steam, and proceeds help support the charity SpecialEffect.
Self Adhesive Hook And Loop Cable Ties
These self-adhesive hook and loop cable ties from MUTOTO are a simple solution for tidying up cords around the house or office. Each pack includes 40 grey straps made from durable nylon with strong back glue, making them ideal for desks, entertainment centers, or kitchen setups. They’re adjustable, reusable, and easy to apply with no tools needed. Just stick, wrap, and adjust as needed. Be mindful when using on painted walls though, as the adhesive may cause damage if removed too soon.
Anker HDMI Switch
Anker’s 4-in-1 HDMI Switch lets you connect up to four devices to a single display, making it easier to swap between your console, PC, or projector setup. It supports 4K at 60Hz with HDR, Dolby, and DTS compatibility for crisp, lag-free viewing. The included remote allows for quick input switching, though you’ll need to supply your own batteries and charger. It’s a compact, reliable pick for anyone looking to simplify their entertainment or workstation setup.
This 3-pack of JSAUX tempered glass screen protectors is made specifically for the Nintendo Switch 2 and offers full edge-to-edge coverage without removing the pre-applied film. Each protector features 9H hardness to guard against scratches and drops, and the included guide frame makes installation quick and bubble-free.
Switch 2 tomtoc Slim Carrying Case
This Switch 2 case isn't a chunk, protects all the buttons including the shoulders and triggers and has been tested for drops and bumps that are bound to happen. It also has an inlay to store up to 12 carts, so it ticks all my boxes.
The Legend of Zelda Master Sword
So this Master Sword replica is made of ABS and has sound effects alongside some iconic themes from across the Legend of Zelda mainline game series. The cuttons to activate it all are easy to reach when holding it, and in all honesty it sounds so cool. Just don't go hitting your mate over the head with it, I reckon It would still hurt!
Borderlands 4 Preorders
Borderlands 4 preorders have finally landed, and the started edition is just under the $70 mark in a suprising move after the comments made by Randy Pitchford. We've had a bit of a behind the scenes look with the beggining of the "Beyond the Borderlands" video dropping on how to make a vault hunter, and it's all looking good.
Narrative Arc Bundle
This Humble Bundle highlights seven story-rich indie games for $20, with a total value of $162. Titles include Harold Halibut, a stop-motion-style adventure; Six Ages 2: Lights Going Out, a myth-driven survival strategy game; and SEASON: A letter to the future, a reflective travel narrative. Also in the bundle are Dustborn, Mutazione, Venba, and Frank and Drake, each offering unique perspectives and storytelling formats. Purchases support the It Gets Better Project, and you can choose to pay more or less depending on the number of games you want.
Apple Mac and iPad Deals
Need an upgrade or a good introduction into the Apple ecosystem? There's plenty of choices here, with the M4 chip powering the MacBook and Mac Mini, it's just a case of thinking about if you'd like a traditional desktop setup or something you can take on the go. iPad A16 is perfect for pretty much anything too, even a bit of Apple Arcade.
Samsung 57" Odyssey Neo G9 Gaming Monitor
This beast is the first Dual UHD gaming monitor, combining two UHD screens into one curved 1000R display and its $450 off. It supports a 240Hz refresh rate, 1ms response time, and AMD FreeSync Premium Pro, with DisplayPort 2.1 for full performance. Quantum Mini LED backlighting with DisplayHDR 1000 and 2,392 local dimming zones delivers strong contrast and color accuracy. You also get ergonomic adjustments, CoreSync ambient lighting, and features like Picture-by-Picture for multitasking. Just note: full DUHD at 240Hz requires a compatible graphics card with DP 2.1 or HDMI 2.1 support.
Big Discounts On Crucial DDR5 and Storage
Crucial are one of the most dependable brands when it comes to M.2 and portable drives, and is a great option for those wanting the benefits of DDR5 RAM without flashy RGB and it's price tag. Here's some of the best deals in the Crucial price slashing marathon on Amazon right now. I currently use the X10 Pro 4TB for backing up files and folders on my PC and for watching videos on my projector, just a solid piece of kit.
Kingdom Come: Deliverance II (PS5)
Kingdom Come Deliverance II drops you into the brutal heart of 15th century Bohemia, and right now the PS5 version is just $47.99, down from $69.99. You play as Henry, a blacksmith’s son caught in a fight for survival, revenge, and rebellion. With over five hours of cinematic storytelling, a massive open world, and intense first-person melee combat, this sequel builds on everything that made the original a cult hit. Whether you're swordfighting, smithing, or trying to navigate life in a war-torn land, this is medieval roleplaying at its most immersive.
DOOM The Dark Ages Art Print
This limited-edition DOOM The Dark Ages art print is a must for fans of the Slayer's latest crusade. Officially licensed and hand-numbered out of 995 copies, it's printed on high-quality art paper and comes with a certificate of authenticity. Produced by one of the UK’s oldest commercial printers, the A3-sized piece measures 11.69 x 16.53 inches and captures the brutal tone of the game perfectly. Pre-orders are open now, with shipping expected in July 2025.
Power Up Pride Bundle
Power Up Pride Game Bundle brings together seven standout indie titles for just $13, with all games yours to keep. You’ll find cozy village life in Echoes of the Plum Grove, charming shop sim gameplay in Sticky Business, and emotional storytelling in titles like Haven and A Normal Lost Phone. It’s a solid mix of narrative-driven adventures, life sims, and visual novels, all picked for their unique stories and engaging mechanics. Great value, great games, and a portion of your purchase supports charity through Xperience Studios.
Christian Wait is a contributing freelancer for IGN covering everything collectable and deals. Christian has over 7 years of experience in the Gaming and Tech industry with bylines at Mashable and Pocket-Tactics. Christian also makes hand-painted collectibles for Saber Miniatures. Christian is also the author of "Pokemon Ultimate Unofficial Gaming Guide by GamesWarrior". Find Christian on X @ChrisReggieWait.
Florence Pugh has revealed Marvel shot a fake Thunderbolts* ending scene that included a title that wasn’t The New Avengers.
The movie ends with villain Valentina Allegra de Fontaine tricking the Thunderbolts into taking part in the announcement of The New Avengers in front of the world’s media.
The ending scene, the truth behind the Thunderbolts* asterisk, and The New Avengers title were all kept a closely guarded secret, and keeping that secret involved shooting a fake scene with an entirely different name for the team.
Yelena actress Florence Pugh revealed the anti-spoiler ploy in a video published on Entertainment Weekly: "We shot a version where she was like, 'The New Thunderbolts!' And everyone was like, 'Woo!' And then we took all of the background [actors] out and shot Julia's line, which was kind of cool."
It turns out Julia Louis-Dreyfus, who plays Valentina Allegra de Fontaine, knew about the twist years ago, when she was first approached to join the MCU, but kept it a secret all this time.
As for Thunderbolts* / The New Avengers, its second post-credits scene teases this July’s The Fantastic Four: First Steps, which may or may not feature Giganto.
Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.
DC Comics is poised to relaunch its flagship Batman series in September under new writer Matt Fraction and returning artist Jorge Jiménez. That issue is sure to be one of the top-selling comics of 2025, but especially now that DC has announced a new variant cover promotion called "Blind as a Bat."
Batman #1 will feature variant covers from a number of major artists, including J. Scott Campbell, Gabrielle Dell'Otto, and Frank Quitely. As part of the "Blind as a Bat" promotion, fans will have the opportunity to purchase a $9.99 blind bag that includes a foil version of one of those covers. You can check out the slideshow gallery below to see the covers included:
The full lineup of variant cover artists on Batman #1 includes:
David Aja
J. Scott Campbell
Gabriele Dell’Otto
Jorge Jiménez
Andy Kubert
Stanley “Artgerm” Lau
Jim Lee
Frank Quitely
Marc Silvestri
Julian Totino Tedesco
Additionally, DC will be selling a Batman #1 Giant-Size Special Edition that reprints the issue in oversized 11"x17" format. That version will be available either as a $14.99 cardstock cover or a $19.99 foil variant.
As mentioned above, Batman #1 kicks off a new era for the franchise, as Fraction makes his return to DC and establishes a new status quo for Batman. The series will introduce a new Jiménez-designed Batsuit that restores the classic blue cape and cowl.
"I wouldn’t be here if it wasn’t for Batman. It was the first comic I ever read," said Fraction in a statement. "Jorge and I have a very superhero-forward kind of take on Batman. We’ve got a new Batmobile, we’ve got a new costume, we’ve got new characters, and we’ve got a lot of old ones too—good and bad; all the stuff that makes Batman the coolest character in comics. We want to celebrate it all."
"For this new chapter, we’re crafting a revamped aesthetic, bringing back Batman’s blue suit in a definitive way," said Jiménez. "It’s a small shift meant to feel both classic and fresh, subtly evolving while staying true to the original design we’ve used in recent years. At the same time, I’m working on Gotham City’s visual identity, giving it a fresh approach that sets it apart from my previous takes. I’m aiming for a slight pop influence, something that subtly nods to classic stories while keeping the dark and ominous feel of contemporary Batman."
Weeks ahead of The Fantastic Four: First Steps releasing in cinemas, fans have their first look at classic villain Giganto — via a commercial for Little Caesars pizza.
The 30-second advert reveals Giganto, a giant green monster with an enormous mouth seen bursting through the street in a nod to its original appearance, on the cover of 1961's Fantastic Four issue 1.
Here, Giganto is shown picking up and then trying to eat a Little Caesars employee, before the Fantastic Four arrive on scene to save the day. It's meant to be a fun reveal, but fans have expressed surprise and confusion over the character's appearance in the ad — and have also criticised the quality of Giganto's CGI.
HQ and English version of the Little Caesars x ‘THE FANTASTIC FOUR: FIRST STEPS’ ad has been released.
To be clear, this is a scene featuring the Fantastic Four but not an actual clip from the upcoming movie. Instead, the action was shot specifically for the Little Caesars' commercial, using the sets and — briefly — the actors themselves (though, perhaps tellingly, of the four stars we only see Vanessa Kirby's face).
According to Comicbook, the commercial was written and produced by Marvel Studios' Marketing Partnerships team and directed by The Fantastic Four: First Steps production designer Kasra Farahani — so this is about as official as it gets, without necessarily being canon.
Still, fans believe Giganto will likely pop-up somewhere in the film's story — perhaps in a montage of previous villains the team have defeated — and therefore think this pizza advert serves as an underwhelming place to first see the monster.
There are complaints, too, about the quality of Giganto's CGI effects, even if this is just a commercial — which would of course have a lower budget than a Hollywood blockbuster.
"When I first saw the footage of the green monster from a Twitter post, I thought it was AI for a second," wrote one fan.
"I'm not usually one to complain about the CGI and if it's not in the movie then it's fine," wrote another. "But if this is what it looks like in theaters I'll be a little disappointed."
Others noted that Marvel had filmed something similar for Captain America: Brave New World, with Anthony Mackie suiting up to promote an insurance company.
Just waking up in the morning, gotta thank God. Good morning. Seems people still commenting on that Little Caesars ad. You guys are right. I suddenly remember when Brave New World had a whole scene in the movie that was for an insurance commercial. pic.twitter.com/wJKEflxtJo
— TASK the Ol’ Nerdy Bastard (@UpToTASK) June 18, 2025
Marvel's most recent trailer has since made Franklin official — and includes the team say the line that fans have been waiting for. After all, there's not much longer to wait — The Fantastic Four: First Steps is released next month, on July 25.
Tom Phillips is IGN's News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social
Elden Ring Nightreign's status as a co-op PvE excursion introduced a fresh mechanic for previously solo players in revives. Those who fall in battle hit the ground and can get picked back up, if their teammates wail on them hard enough to knock out the purple bars of their circular dial.
I'm probably not alone in feeling like, sometimes, this mechanic seems to get more arduous as players fall more often. If you fall once, it's only one pip on the bar; but by third death, you've got the whole radius covered in purple, and it can feel quite difficult to chip that much purple bar down while a Nightlord is attacking you.
As it turns out, there are some hidden mechanics that may be helping or hindering your efforts to pick your teammates back up. YouTuber Zullie the Witch has been on the Elden Ring Nightreign beat, and recently put up new video in which they try to understand how revives work. (Thanks for the spot, PC Gamer.)
Per Zullie's investigation, the first time a player falls in battle, they get one bar at a total of 40 HP. But as they continue to fall, this escalates at a surprising rate, with 45 per bar at second death and a whopping 80 per bar at three, for a grand total of 240 HP total if you're on three bars.
Hitting the player who's downed chips away at those totals, but if they're left alone for 3.5 seconds, the death timer around their dial resumes (unless you're in a Night boss fight) and the gauge starts to refill. The fill time also speeds up as you gain more bars, going from 2-per-second at one bar to 40-per-second at three bars.
That's a lot of math to say: the more you fall, the harder it gets (exponentially so) to pick you back up. There is some good news though, as penalties gradually wear off over time or whenever one visits a Site of Grace.
Zullie also highlights some hidden math in how weapons work on the revive bars, too. It's about what you'd expect, compared to regular attacks; giant weapons, like Halberds, Reapers, and Greatswords have more impact on the revive bar than Claws, Daggers, Torches, or Fists on a per-swing basis.
In fact, Revenant's Cursed Claws make for uniquely effective revival tools in this regard, as they have the same base numbers as a Greatsword. Revenant mains can effectively play both White Mage and Summoner, I guess?
Zullie's video goes into even more math around the revival numbers, but for the average Elden Ring Nightreign player, the solid takeaways are that higher bars get increasingly harder to clear as Nightfarers fall. Honestly, it makes certain characters like the Revenant even more valuable as teammates, when they have both summons to help out and an ultimate that will pick teammates back up regardless of their bar's status.
Are you ready to return? We finally have a release date for the upcoming sequel film Return to Silent Hill — which means we’re just one step closer to getting back to the town that started it all for many horror and gaming fans.
The third installment to the Silent Hill film franchise, which will be produced by Terrifier producers Cineverse, is set to arrive in theaters on January 23, 2026. The film is set to star Hannah Emily Anderson and Jeremy Irvine in a story that will probably be recognizable to those who know the games.
The film will follow “James (Irvine), a man broken after his relationship with the love of his life, Mary (Anderson), ends. When a mysterious letter from her calls him back to Silent Hill, he finds a once-recognizable town transformed by an unknown evil. While James desperately searches for Mary he encounters terrifying creatures and begins to unravel the mystery of what happened to the town.”
Previously, the folks behind the film revealed that they think the film will be as true to the games as possible. “Silent Hill is one of the best video game franchises, period,” Brandon Hill, executive director of acquisitions for Cineverse, told Variety last month. “And Christophe Gans did a phenomenal job capturing the atmosphere of the games once again with Return to Silent Hill.”
“I am delighted to partner with Cineverse, which has shown a genuine understanding of fanship,” director Christophe Gans, who also directed the original 2006 Silent Hill, told the outlet. “Return to Silent Hill is an adaptation created out of deep respect for a true masterpiece of a game, Konami’s iconic Silent Hill 2. I hope fans will enjoy and be fulfilled with the experience this new film has to offer."
This will be the third film in the franchise, with Silent Hill: Revelation following the original installment in 2012.
Lex Briscuso is a film and television critic and a freelance entertainment writer for IGN. You can follow her on Twitter at @nikonamerica.
Titan Comics has become the place to turn for new stories featuring beloved barbarian hero Conan of Cimmeria. Now Titan is kicking off its big 2025 Conan event comic, Scourge of the Serpent, and we've got an exclusive look at the first issue.
Check out the slideshow gallery below for a closer glimpse of Conan: Scourge of the Serpent #1:
Conan: Scourge of the Serpent spins out of the pages of Titan's FCBD 2025 special. This new four-issue limited series is the first to pit Conan against the legendary snake god Set, as Set's grim plans for humanity finally come to fruition. The series is written by Conan veteran Jim Zub and illustrated by Ivan Gil (Berezina). The first issue features covers by Roberto De La Torre, John McCrea, Geof Isherwood, Matias Bergara, and Chris Stevens.
Here's Titan's official summary of the series:
Spinning out of the pages of the Free Comic Book Day Special, the new Conan epic starts here!
CONAN OF CIMMERIA has encountered Stygian sorcery and snake-sent creatures many times in his grand adventures, but he has never faced the true unspeakable power of SET... until NOW.
The serpent god's influence coils around the Hyborian Age and every other age linked to it. Three stunning supernatural stories will weave together to answer a chilling question of past and present - What is Set's grand plan for humanity and, now that it's begun, can it be stopped?
Conan: Scourge of the Serpent #1 will be released on September 24, 2025. You can find preorder links to each cover below:
Game developer Artur Łączkowski has announced Bleak Haven, a new Unreal Engine 5-powered first-person survival horror game that Łączkowski says is heavily inspired by the Resident Evil series as well as The Ritual. It's a story-driven, cinematic single-player experience with puzzles, weapon crafting, and brutal combat. It's in development for PC.
Playing as Tyler, the player seeks out his missing brother after a phone location leads him to a foggy remote island where (spoiler alert) bad things happen. Combat is promised to be fast, complete with finishing moves you can perform when your enemy is sufficently weakened or surprised. Guns are limited; you'll primarily be using whatever melee weapons you can scrounge up – or craft.
Łączkowski says he hopes that Bleak Haven is the first in a series of horror games. For now, though, you can wishlist Bleak Haven on Steam if you're interested.
Ryan McCaffrey is IGN's executive editor of previews and host of both IGN's weekly Xbox show, Podcast Unlocked, as well as our monthly(-ish) interview show, IGN Unfiltered. He's a North Jersey guy, so it's "Taylor ham," not "pork roll." Debate it with him on Twitter at @DMC_Ryan.
The 2025 NBA Finals are currently underway between the Oklahoma City Thunder and the Indiana Pacers, with both teams seeking their first-ever NBA championship trophy. While you can catch the games on local TV, you might be curious where to watch if you're strictly a streaming household.
One of the best options for streaming live sports is Hulu + Live TV. It combines everything from the standard Hulu subscription with a wide range of live channels, including major sporting events like the NBA Finals, along with popular entertainment and news.
Read on for details about the NBA Finals schedule, where to stream, and how to activate Hulu + Live TV’s free trial.
Upcoming NBA Finals Games Schedule
Every NBA Finals game airs exclusively on ABC, so you’ll need either access to local channels or a live TV streaming service that includes ABC in its lineup. Here's the remaining 2025 NBA Finals schedule:
Game 3: Thunder at Pacers (Wednesday, June 11 at 5:30 PM PT)
Game 4: Thunder at Pacers (Friday, June 13 at 5:30 PM PT)
Game 5: Pacers at Thunder (Monday, June 16 at 5:30 PM PT)
Game 6 (if necessary): Thunder at Pacers (Thursday, June 19 at 5:30 PM PT)
Game 7 (if necessary): Pacers at Thunder (Sunday, June 22 at 5:00 PM PT)
To get started, click the link below. After the trial ends, your subscription will automatically continue until you cancel.
How to Watch Hulu + Live TV - Available Platforms
You can enjoy Hulu + Live TV on a variety of digital platforms, including Apple TV (4th generation or newer), Amazon Fire TV and Fire TV Sticks, select Roku models, Chromecast, select smart TVs from Samsung, LG, and Vizio, and popular consoles like a PS5 or Xbox Series X|S. You can also watch on mobile devices as well as Hulu's website on your PC or laptop.
Matthew Adler has written for IGN since 2019 covering all things gaming, tech, tabletop games, and more. You can follow him on the site formerly known as Twitter @MatthewAdler and watch him stream on Twitch.
American rock band Alien Ant Farm have said it was a "bummer" not to be included in the Tony Hawk's Pro Skater 3+4 soundtrack, after their track Wish originally featured in the series' fourth game.
A selection of songs from the original Tony Hawk's Pro Skater 3 and Pro Skater 4 have been brought back for the remake's music playlist, such as Motörhead's Ace of Spades, but many others have not returned, and instead been replaced by new additions.
Now, Alien Ant Farm has been asked by BBC News (thanks, VGC) about a sad face emoji the band's social media account posted in response to the Tony Hawk's Pro Skater 3+4 soundtrack reveal, after it was confirmed the band would not be returning.
"Is it a bummer that we weren't invited, or that they didn't include us? Absolutely," said guitarist Terry Corso. "We understand that they're trying to bring some new stuff onto these releases, and if you've gotta make cuts, you've gotta make cuts. I don't know why it had to be us, I feel like our song was really good on there and it did really well."
"I kind of get it, that skating feels a little more punk [and] we're not a punk band," added lead vocalist Dryden Mitchell, "but I think that's what makes a cool soundtrack, is a collection, being different."
Reaction to the soundtrack's reveal among fans was mixed, with some celebrating the return of tracks by CKY and Iron Maiden, while others said they would miss bands such as Red Hot Chilli Peppers and Zebrahead.
Responding on Instagram, Hawk has taken personal responsibility for the remake's choice of soundtrack, and said he had deliberately decided to include an element of discovery, as players got to know new tunes as well as old favorites.
"It was my choice to pick some different songs by the same artists featured in THPS3+4 OST," Hawk said. "I'm hoping that discovery is half the fun, and a big reason that these soundtracks resonated in the first place. So listen and enjoy the ride."
With Blumhouse’s next Five Nights at Freddy's film releasing this December, there’s no better time to play through the Five Nights at Freddy’s games. Created by Scott Cawthon, the first Five Nights at Freddy's game launched back in 2014 and has since garnered an incredible fan base. The horror hit has been followed with a wide variety of sequels; from mainline games to plenty of spinoffs.
For those interested in taking on the night shift against these killer animatronics, we’ve detailed how to play each of the mainline FNAF games in both chronological and release date order below.
There are 12 main FNAF games in total, which we’ve covered below. As far as spin-offs and more challenge-based games go, though, there are 4 additional FNAF games that fall in this category. These are Five Nights at Freddy’s World, Freddy in Space 2, Security Breach: Fury’s Rage, and Ultimate Custom Night.
Which Five Nights at Freddy's Game Should You Play First?
We recommend starting with Five Nights at Freddy's, the series' first entry from 2014. It's the ideal way to familiarize yourself with the series' mechanics, as newer entries build on that original formula. It's also a safe way to begin from a narrative perspective given how convoluted the chronology has become over the last decade.
Five Nights at Freddy’s Games in Chronological Order
For those looking to play through the Five Nights at Freddy’s games in chronological order to get the full story, we’ve done our best to arrange them in story order. If you have different theories about this franchise’s order, though, share them in the comments!
1. Five Nights at Freddy's: Secret of the Mimic (2025)
Available on: PC, PS5
The newest FNAF game happens to be the earliest-set game in the series so far. Secret of the Mimic, from what we can gather from various hints in-game, takes place in 1979, several years before the official opening of Freddy Fazbear's Pizza. The Mimic was originally introduced in the Ruin DLC for Security Breach, and plenty of theories have been thrown out there about who (or what) The Mimic really is.
Secret of the Mimic dives into these questions. The player takes on the role of a Fazbear technician named Arnold who's tasked with retrieving the Edwin Murray's inventions from a particularly unsettling Costume Manor. When power goes out at the manor, Arnold begins to notice signs he may not be alone. Secret of the Mimic uses first-person view, leaning into the survival horror genre with subtle hints about the killer animatronics (and their creators) we encounter later in the series.
2. Five Nights at Freddy’s 4 (2015)
Available on: Android/IOS, Nintendo Switch, PC, PlayStation 4, Xbox One
Five Nights at Freddy’s 4 takes place in 1983. This is assumed because of an easter egg during one of the post-Night minigames that can be seen by interacting with a TV in the living room. After hitting it enough times, it’ll eventually bring up a still for a commercial for a show called Fredbear and Friends, which appears to have aired in 1983, given that’s the date beneath the title.
Compared to its predecessors, though, FNAF 4 has a different setting. This time, you play as a young child in their bedroom rather than as a security guard in an office. Throughout the night, you’ll need to run from your bedroom doors to your closet (and even check behind you on your bed) for a variety of terrifying enemies, but mainly nightmare variations of the original animatronics: Freddy, Bonnie, Chica, and Foxy. Listen out for them and keep your flashlight close to scare them away.
3. Five Nights at Freddy’s 2 (2014)
Available on: Android/IOS, Nintendo Switch, PC, PlayStation 4, Xbox One
Five Nights at Freddy’s 2 is next in a chronological playthrough and brings players to the newly-opened Freddy Fazbear’s Pizza to work the night shifts as a security guard. FNAF 2 also introduces new animatronics in the mix alongside updated versions of its classics. These new additions are The Puppet and Balloon Boy, so you’ll have more to watch out for on the cameras.
This time around, you’re also given a Freddy Fazbear head to wear in case the animatronics happen to reach your office. With it on, most of the animatronics will have a harder time recognizing you and leave, which’ll buy you some more time before the crack of dawn. You also have a music box that you need to keep wound up to keep The Puppet away. This animatronic won’t be fooled by your sneaky little fake Freddy head, so make sure to keep the music box going.
We’ve placed this game as second in line for a chronological playthrough, as it’s set in 1987. This can be assumed from the paycheck you receive at the end of Night 5, which is dated for that year.
4. Five Nights at Freddy’s: Sister Location (2016)
Available on: Android/IOS, Nintendo Switch, PC, PlayStation 4, Xbox One
In a departure from the previous game, and as its title may point to, Five Nights at Freddy’s: Sister Location takes place at a different spot called Circus Baby's Entertainment and Rental, which features its own animatronics as well. This time around, you play as a technician working night shifts with a series of tasks to complete alongside surviving the animatronics.
Five Nights at Freddy’s: Sister Location is actually a bit trickier to place on the timeline, and many fans still debate when it could be set. The reason we’ve chosen this slot is because of a line HandUnit says at the beginning of the game: “Due to the massive success, and even more so, the unfortunate closing of Freddy Fazbear’s Pizza, it was clear that the stage was set, no pun intended, for another contender in children’s entertainment.” This line could be referencing when Freddy Fazbear’s Pizza closed down in ‘87 following FNAF 2, which is also brought up by Phone Guy in FNAF 1 during Night 1. So, for now, having Sister Location between the two seems like a good fit. Let us know your theories in the comments below, though!
5. Five Nights at Freddy’s (2014)
Available on: Android/IOS, Nintendo Switch, PC, PlayStation 4, Xbox One
The one that started it all. Five Nights at Freddy’s was the first game that had players taking on the security guard mantle to keep watch of Freddy Fazbear’s Pizza for five night shifts. Mainly, you need to keep an eye on the animatronics there: Chica, Bonnie, Foxy, and of course, Freddy Fazbear. Their behavior has become a bit unpredictable lately, and they like to roam around freely at night… just make sure they don’t roam into your office.
Alongside the cameras that need to be checked, players can also close the security doors near them if the animatronics get too close during the night. Keep in mind, though, you only have limited amounts of power to use. Once it’s gone, goodbye doors and lights!
Five Nights at Freddy’s takes place a few years later than the previously mentioned games, likely sometime in the early ‘90s. This can be assumed from Phone Guy’s dialogue during Night 1 where he says that the animatronics used to be able to walk around during the day, “but then there was the bite of ‘87.” This helps place it after FNAF 2 and before FNAF3, which we’ll get to next.
6. Five Nights at Freddy’s: Into the Pit (2024)
Available on: PlayStation 5, PlayStation 4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, Nintendo Switch, PC
Into the Pit, the latest game in the series, is a point-and-click adventure based on the Five Nights at Freddy's book of the same name. The story is split between two time periods: modern day and 1985.
It's uncertain where Into the Pit's modern storyline fits into the series' chronology, or if it exists within the ongoing narrative at all, though assuming it does, we're confident it takes place around the time of Five Nights at Freddy's 3. We've placed it ahead of FNaF3 given several items found in Jeff's Pizza, the setting of Into the Pit, can be found at FNaF3's Fazbear's Fright, which was said to be decorated with remains from the original restaurant, which later became Jeff's Pizza.
7. Five Nights at Freddy’s 3 (2015)
Available on: Android/IOS, Nintendo Switch, PC, PlayStation 4, Xbox One
According to Five Nights at Freddy’s 3’s Steam description, this game is set “Thirty years after Freddy Fazbear's Pizza closed its doors,” which would put it after the events of FNAF 1, given that’s when Freddy Fazbear’s Pizza closed for good, and, if we’re going with the early ‘90s, would set it sometime around the 2020s. It brings players into a brand new location as well… Fazbear’s Fright: The Horror Attraction. Yes, this new attraction is based on the terrifying events that happened in Freddy Fazbear’s Pizza, and they even have old animatronics from it to really keep you on your toes!
Once again, you step into the shoes of a security guard keeping watch of the attraction and its “great new relics” that have been picked up. Like before, you’ll have security cameras to monitor, but this time you also have a maintenance panel to reboot systems that go offline and close off vents to prevent those creepy animatronics from crawling toward your office space.
8. Freddy Fazbear’s Pizzeria Simulator (2017)
Available on: Android/IOS, Nintendo Switch, PC, PlayStation 4, Xbox One
If you’re feeling tired of working security or maintenance, why not make the jump into running your own pizza place? In Freddy Fazbear’s Pizzeria Simulator, you get to do just that. But don’t worry, this game isn’t without its frights. You’ll still need to keep the animatronics away from you when in your office, and there’s plenty to monitor when you’re in there as well.
Not only do you have a computer near you to keep tabs on everything and complete your tasks, but you’ll need to watch the vents on both sides of you for anything that could be crawling through. However, both your computer and the vents make quite a bit of noise, so you’ll have to take turns shutting them off to hear your surroundings.
Throughout the game, you’ll salvage animatronics as well. One of these is Springtrap, whose first appearance in the series was in FNAF 3, which places this game sometime after it in a chronological playthrough.
9. Five Nights at Freddy’s: Help Wanted (2019)
Available on: Android/IOS, Nintendo Switch, Oculus Quest, PSVR, PC, PlayStation 4, Xbox One
Five Nights at Freddy’s: Help Wanted was the franchise’s first step into VR - and later came out on PC and consoles. Developed by Steel Wool Studios in collaboration with Scott Cawthon, in Help Wanted you can play through a variety of mini-games that feature familiar animatronics and experiences from earlier games in the series.
But where does this game fit into the timeline? During the opening ‘Welcome’ message for the game, HandUnit states that “Fazbear Entertainment has developed something of a bad reputation over the last few decades, [...] That's why we have recreated many of these completely fictitious scenarios (lies) that you've been fed over the last several years into a hilarious VR game.” And given that Help Wanted recreates situations from previous games in the timeline up to FNAF 3 on our list, it makes sense to place it after that game and near Pizzeria Simulator.
10. Five Nights at Freddy’s: Special Delivery (2019)
Available on: IOS/Android
Five Nights at Freddy’s: Special Delivery is an Augmented Reality game that was released on mobile devices just a few months after Help Wanted. Much like how Help Wanted immersed you into FNAF in VR, Special Delivery did the same by bringing the animatronics home to you. In this game, you have to keep an eye out for them on your mobile device as they stalk around the room, utilizing a flashlight and controlled shock to stop them.
Similar to Help Wanted, Special Delivery involves its own branch of Fazbear Entertainment. Here, the Fazbear Funtime Service is what’s sending the animatronics to your house and, when it comes to the franchise’s timeline, it would make sense that they’d create something like this around the time of The Freddy Fazbear Virtual Experience in Help Wanted. Given how HandUnit explains at the start of Help Wanted that, “Fazbear Entertainment is excited to join the digital age, and what better way to do that than with an edge-of-your-seat virtual reality experience,” it sounds like that was their first endeavor, and this would be their second outing into it.
11. Five Nights at Freddy’s: Security Breach (2021)
Available on: Google Stadia, PC, PlayStation 4, PlayStation 5, Xbox One, Xbox Series X/S, Nintendo Switch
Security Breach is the second game in the franchise to be developed between both Scott and Steel Wool Studios, following Help Wanted. It’s a free-roam survival horror where you play as a young boy named Gregory who gets trapped at night in Freddy Fazbear’s Mega Pizzaplex. Throughout the night, he’ll need to survive the various animatronics, but with a surprising helpful hand along the way.
In a chronological playthrough, this game comes in last. This can largely be taken away from the fact that Freddy Fazbear’s has now grown into a Mega Pizzaplex, but there’s also a moment in one of the endings that helps confirm that it’s set after one of the previously mentioned games. However, so as to avoid spoilers, we’ll let you uncover that ending on your own!
Available on: PlayStation 5, PC, PSVR2, Steam VR, Meta Quest
Once again developed by Steel Wool Studios in collaboration with Scott Cawthon, Five Nights at Freddy’s: Help Wanted 2 is pretty similar to its predecessor, featuring a wide variety of minigames for you to dig into. But where does this game land on the Five Nights at Freddy’s timeline?
Help Wanted 2 takes place between Five Nights at Freddy’s: Security Breach and its DLC, RUIN. That makes it the last full game in the lore’s current timeline, but not quite the very final event. This slightly complicated placement is due to one of Help Wanted 2’s endings, in which your character becomes the Maskbot that gives the V.A.N.N.I mask to Cassie, the protagonist from the RUIN DLC. This interaction with her happens towards the start of RUIN, meaning the events of Help Wanted 2 start sometime before that DLC.
In keeping with its older sibling, Help Wanted 2 is also a VR game! It’s available on PSVR 2, Steam VR, and Meta Quest. And for those who don’t want to be fully immersed as a Fazbear employee, a flat version of the game was also released on June 20 for PlayStation 5 and PC.
Five Nights at Freddy’s Games in Release Order
If you’re interested in playing through the main Five Nights at Freddy’s games in their release order, you can find them listed as such below:
Secret of the Mimic launched on June 13. There's no official word on new Five Night's at Freddy's games in development, though we're sure they exist. In the meantime, a sequel to the Five Nights at Freddy's movie starring Josh Hutcherson is also on the way, planned for release on December 5, 2025.
Hannah Hoolihan is a freelance writer who works with the Guides and Commerce teams here at IGN.
Elden Ring Nightreign Patch 1.01.3 is live now on all platforms, and while it just hits a few distinct bullet points for tuning and bug fixing, players seem appreciative of the changes that have been made.
The patch only makes one balance adjustment: "Increased the chance of obtaining weapons with the madness status ailment." Madness is a status effect that can be built up and inflicted on enemies, and can be particularly effective in some cases, as a full affliction causes enemies to take significant damage and literally make flames spill out of their eyes.
Notably, one of the pursuable Nightlords, Libra, is weak to Madness. But while this seems like a helpful upgrade for those trying to take the goat demon down, players on the r/Nightreign subreddit seem a little skeptical over how much this will change their runs.
They've noted that very few weapons have Madness effects in the first place; it's mostly incantation seals and Vyke's Spear. Plus, not every enemy can be afflicted with Madness. In fact, it seems like only a relatively small subset can be, compared to other status effects or elements.
"I got an incantation once but that's it. Hopefully this means regular weapons can sometimes roll madness on them now, even if just from madness camps," one user said. "Since you can get the same weapon with different statuses/elements of the other types already, madness shouldn't be so rare when it's mainly useful against one specific boss."
The more exciting update for most, it seems, is one of the bug fixes: "Fixed a bug where players would lose a battle after being revived from near death against a Nightlord or other Night bosses." This apparently caused some grief for players who were trying to clear a Night boss and had their revival effects kick in.
"Happened to me like 20 times," said one player. "Was like psychological horror."
Those, along with general quality-of-life updates like adjusting the Whirlwind skill effect visibility for Guardian players with a certain Relic equipped, all seem like small but meaningful tune-ups for Elden Ring Nightreign. There is one in-demand request unaddressed, though.
Players who have cleared the final boss are eagerly hoping for a fix for Shifting Earth events. For those unaware, Shifting Earth events can appear randomly and change parts of the usual Nightreign map, adding new mini-dungeons to explore and plunge for treasure. They are part of getting the trophies for Elden Ring Nightreign, and manydifferentpeople in the thread and on otherthreads have expressed frustration with how they can become exceedingly rare after clearing the game.
So while there are still aspects Elden Ring Nightreign players would like to see addressed, this patch at least managed to hit a couple quality-of-life fixes that should make Nightfarer's expeditions a little easier.
More content is expected soon too, as FromSoftware has cryptically teased that "enhanced" versions of its current Nightlord roster are expected to arrive sometime this month.
Elden Ring Nightreign – Patch Notes Version 1.01.3
General balance adjustments
Increased the chance of obtaining weapons with the madness status ailment.
Bug Fixes
Adjusted the Whirlwind skill effect visibility when the Relic Effect “[Guardian] Increased duration for Character Skill” is active.
Fixed a bug where the Demon Merchant would spawn near the Night's Tide when the Demon Merchant curse event was encountered.
Fixed a bug where damage dealt to some enemies when destroying weak points created by Ironeye’s "Marking" skill was higher or lower than expected.
Fixed a bug where the Lightning Damage received from enemies would be nullified when affected by the Passive Effect "Power of the Great Ancient Dragon" of the "Bolt of Gransax" weapon.
Fixed a bug where the Ultimate Art gauge was filled more than expected when attacking some enemies.
Fixed a bug where the Relic Effect “Switching Weapons Adds an Affinity Attack” did not properly reflect the attribute when applied to Bows and Crossbows.
Fixed a bug where the amount of Runes needed to purchase Uncommon weapons from merchants incorrectly calculated.
Fixed a bug where players would lose a battle after being revived from near death against a Nightlord or other Night bosses.
Fixed a bug in some Multiplayer battles against a Nightlord where the camera would not display at the correct angle when not targeting an enemy.
Fixed a bug where lingering character phantoms did not appear in Limveld.
Added staff information in the game’s credit.
Steam-only adjustments
Fixed a bug where the game might freeze momentarily or for an extended period in some environments.
I really admire the retro throwbacks Atari is doing these days, whether it’s something like Wayforward’s utterly gorgeous and charming Yars Rising or the underrated Lunar Lander Beyond. These games imagine the world around the Atari originals that inspired them, using them to build a base for a new game while celebrating what came before. It’s a neat idea, and something I wish other publishers would learn from. Needless to say, when I got an invite to sit down with their latest retro revival, I took it, even if I didn’t know what it was.
What I got was Adventure of Samsara, a new take on the Atari classic Adventure on the Atari 2600. Adventure was before my time, but it’s remarkable to go back to because of how simple it is. That doesn’t mean it’s not interesting, though. Seriously, go look up a playthrough of Adventure if you’re unfamiliar; it’s amazing what you can convey with very simple graphics and a little imagination on the part of the player.
That’s not what Adventure of Samsara is, though. This game is stunning, with simple yet evocative pixel art that is some of the most visually striking I’ve ever seen; I didn’t appreciate how much it captured the visual vibe of the original game until after I went back and saw it, but once you’ve seen them both, it’s easy to see how Adventure of Samsara understands its visual roots. My demo started with a beam of light striking a planet, resurrecting a fallen hero, and covering him in golden armor. The first thing I had to do was help a guy named Ombro out of a cage. “But Will,” you might be wondering, “how do you translate a game like Adventure into the modern era?” Well, dear reader, I’m glad you asked. The answer, of course, is that you make it a metroidvania with soulslike elements (resting at golden anvils restores your healing flasks and respawns enemies). I know, I know, but hear me out. This actually works pretty well.
This game is stunning, with simple yet evocative pixel art that is some of the most visually striking I’ve ever seen.
See, the original Adventure was about navigating a world and finding the way forward, whether that meant solving a maze, finding a key to open a locked door, or bringing the right thing to the right place. There was a good deal of backtracking and learning how to navigate your environment. Sounds like a metroidvania, right? Well, 45 years later, here we are.
Anyway, I had to get my guy Ombro out of his cage, but I didn’t have a sword. So I went into a shining room behind me (Ombro was basically like, “Hey, check out that room back there”), grabbed a sword and shield, and came back. And in between, I got my first taste of Adventure of Samsara’s combat. I wouldn’t call it slow, but it is deliberate. Moving, jumping, dodging, and swinging your sword are weighty experiences, and once you commit to an action, you’re going to be stuck doing it until you finish. When you’re in combat, you want to make sure you’re doing the right thing.
Adventure of Samsara also has a parry, but again, this animation is pretty long, so if you attempt a parry at the wrong time, you’re going to get hit. Get it right, though, and you’ll be treated to one of the most satisfying parries you’ve ever seen, as the Solar Champion (that’s you) uses their sword to knock your opponent back before bringing your own sword down in a giant arc that deals massive damage to stronger foes and kills your basic mooks in one shot.
Once I’d used my fancy new sword to bust Ombro out, he told me that our people, the Orphics, were under attack by Necromancers. No biggie, just a regular Tuesday. Sounds like a Solar Champion problem, so I set out for the nearby village.
As you might expect, this is where I spent most of my time with Adventures of Samarar’s demo. Aside from the combat, which kept me on my toes because of how deliberate each choice was, I was mostly jumping from ledge to ledge (holding on is something you can do manually, which allows you to do some more complex platforming), finding new ways to get to places, and discovering hidden secrets, such as Data Cubes (think pixely murals) that referenced the original Adventure. At one point, I had to help Potisto, the Orphic Crypt Keeper, who was also in a cage (noticing a pattern here?) get a Spoiled Elixir, which meant finding it in a nearby chest. Once I did, he gave me a key to the next area.
I was mostly jumping from ledge to ledge, finding new ways to get to places, and discovering hidden secrets.
Shortly after that, I fought my first boss. The Fleshless Giant was a good test because I couldn’t just rely on my parry to beat him. I could parry two of his three attacks (the third was a magic spell I had to avoid), but only parrying one of those actually did damage. Parrying the other let me avoid damage, but knocked me backwards. The trick was finding spacing where I could avoid that attack and set myself up to parry the other one. It wasn’t a complicated fight, but finding the right spacing felt good. And better yet, I didn’t have to play it that way. I could have just dodged and whacked away at him. I just wanted to try it.
Once the big fella went down, I got to get down to the whole “finding the Orphic Village” thing, so I went exploring. I found an ability that let me manipulate a ball of fire to light hi-tech torches (that’s one of the fun things about Adventure of Samsara; you wield a sword, but there are automated metal doors and elevators scattered around) and burn away overgrown plants. I got spells that let me push enemies away and teleport back to the last golden anvil I used. And I ran into more enemies. Spiders that ran into me instead of attacking, so I couldn’t parry them! Flying dudes I had to jump to deal with! These really annoying ground worm things that spat poison! No matter what new thing I got, I had to stay on my toes.
I did eventually find the Orphic Village, and met more Orphics. I only saw an early segment, but I did come to appreciate Adventure of Samsara’s writing as I played it. Each character speaks with a unique voice, and you’d never mistake one of them for the others. Whether I was learning about the Orphic’s sacred tree that I could help nourish to upgrade my flasks (I see you, video game mechanics), learning about the Blacksmith’s lost friend, or just getting the key to the next area, exploring the town was interesting. Other Orphics even made jokes about how I was the strong, silent type. It’s just nice when people really see you, you know?
But maybe the most interesting thing in my demo happened at the end. After I left the village, I ran into what appeared to be an astronaut with a jetpack fighting a dragon that looked suspiciously like one of the ones from Adventure, just… you know, way more detailed. I got a couple of hits in to help out, but we didn’t get him. He vanished, and the jetpack astronaut warned me that he (and the dragon) was from another world. They weren’t supposed to be here. I needed to be wary of ambushes. My demo ended shortly thereafter, but I had no shortage of questions, and that’s where you want to be when a preview wraps up.
Bringing a 45-year-old game into the present era is a challenge. I’ve just scratched the surface of what Adventure of Samsara has to offer, but it feels like it’s doing a good job of staying true to Adventure while guiding it into a new era. I knew nothing about it going in, but I came out fascinated by both the original game and this spiritual successor (and if this sounds cool to you, there is a demo on Steam right now). But that’s the magic trick of a game like this, right? You’re always torn between the present and the future, balancing what you’re seeing with what comes next, wondering what's around the next corner. The only thing left to do now is see if developer Ilex Games and Atari can hold onto that feeling for an entire adventure.
In the early 2000s, Disney’s Pirates of the Caribbean introduced moviegoers to one of the decade’s most iconic film characters: Johhny Depp’s quick-witted pirate lord, Captain Jack Sparrow. On the back of Depp’s performances, the quintet of swashbuckling adventures earned $4.5 billion USD at the worldwide box office — good for a spot among the most-lucrative film franchises of all time.
Ahead of the planned Pirates of the Caribbean 6, we’ve created a guide to help you navigate the series’ story for all of the movies. Scroll down to find out how to watch the Pirates of the Caribbean films in order, by narrative chronologically or release date.
How Many Pirates of the Caribbean Movies Are There?
There are five feature-length Pirates of the Caribbean movies and one short film. Several other Pirates stories have been told through novels, comics, and video games. However, this list exclusively covers the film series.
Where to Stream Pirates of the Caribbean
All of the Pirates of the Caribbean movies are streaming on Disney+, which starts at $9.99 as a standalone subscription and can also be bundled with Hulu, Max, and ESPN+. If you're not interested in another streaming subscripion, the Pirates movies are also available as physical releases.
Pirates of the Caribbean in Chronological Order
These blurbs contain mild spoilers, including characters, settings, and broad plot points.
1. Pirates of the Caribbean: Tales of the Code – Wedlocked (2011)
Released between the fourth and fifth movies as part of a Pirates Blu-ray/DVD box set, Tales of the Code – Wedlocked is a short film set before The Curse of the Black Pearl. Vanessa Branch and Lauren Maher reprise their roles as Giselle and Scarlett for the short, which centers around the two women both believing themselves to be betrothed to Jack Sparrow. Alas, they were fooled, and the duo becomes the object of a rowdy auction.
It's not essential to the wider chronology, though if you're looking for the complete Pirates experience, it's an easy watch with a 10-minute runtime.
2. Pirates of the Caribbean: The Curse of the Black Pearl (2003)
From this point on, the release date and narrative chronologies of the Pirates movies align. The Curse of the Black Pearl, the series’ first movie, takes viewers back to the early 18th century during the Golden Age of Piracy. The debut film introduces us to the series' main characters: Captain Jack Sparrow (Depp), Will Turner (Orlando Bloom), Elizabeth Swann (Keira Knightley), and Hector Barbossa (Geoffrey Rush).
A young Will Turner is rescued from a shipwreck with a gold medallion around his neck. The medallion is linked to a curse that afflicts the pirate crew of Jack Sparrow's former ship, the Black Pearl, with tortured immortality. The crew is now led by the mutinous Captain Barbossa.
Will and Jack set aside their differences to rescue Elizabeth Swann, who was taken by Barbossa along with the medallion. Jack’s allegiance flip-flops and then flips again. The trio survives the encounter and ultimately lifts the curse, though the movie ends with Jack wanted for piracy.
3. Pirates of the Caribbean: Dead Man’s Chest (2006)
Jack, Will, and Elizabeth return for another seafaring adventure in Dead Man’s Chest. The series’ second movie introduces Naomie Harris’s priestess Tia Dalma, Stellan Skarsgard’s Bill Turner (Will’s father), Tom Hollander’s Cutler Beckett, and Bill Nighy’s Davy Jones, captain of the Flying Dutchman ghost ship.
Jack, Will, Elizabeth, and James Norrington (Jack Davenport) all, with different motivations, set out to find the Dead Man’s Chest and Davy Jones’s heart within: Will seeks freedom from the law and for his father; Elizabeth seeks freedom for herself and Will; Jack seeks to escape his debt to Davy Jones; and James seeks to have his status as a navy officer restored.
Swashbuckling and backstabbing once again ensue, and only one escapes with Davy Jones’s heart, granting them control of Jones and therefore the seas. As for Captain Jack, he ends Dead Man’s Chest dragged to the depths of the sea by the Kraken. Tia Dalma, meanwhile, resurrects a familiar foe from Black Pearl to lead the rescue mission for Jack.
4. Pirates of the Caribbean: At World’s End (2007)
The third Pirates movie is an action-packed adventure that pits the franchise’s heroes against Davy Jones and the Flying Dutchman, now controlled by Cutler Beckett. The heroes first team up to rescue Jack from Davy Jones’s Locker and recover the Black Pearl. After doing so, the crew’s varying motivations lead to the usual plotting and backstabbing. Along the way, we discover Tia’s true identity and meet Jack’s father, the pirate captain Edward Teague (Keith Richards).
By the end, Elizabeth comes into power, Will and Jack defeat Davy Jones, and a new captain takes control of the Flying Dutchman. A pregnant Elizabeth and Will part ways, while Jack and the revived Hector Barbossa set out separately to discover the Fountain of Youth.
5. Pirates of the Caribbean: On Stranger Tides (2011)
On Stranger Tides is the first Pirates film without Will/Orlando Bloom and Elizabeth/Keira Knightley. Ian McShane and Penelope Cruz stepped into the vacant supporting roles as the father-daughter duo Angelica and Blackbeard — the former being an ex-lover of Jack Sparrow.
The film’s overarching plot is a race to discover the Fountain of Youth between the English, Spanish, and multiple pirate crews. A treasure hunt involving secret maps, Mermaid tears, and the ship of renowned Spanish explorer Ponce de León ultimately leads each party to the Fountain. Barbossa settles an old score with Blackbeard and Jack uses the last of the Fountain’s power to save an ally.
6. Pirates of the Caribbean: Dead Men Tell No Tales (2017)
The most recent Pirates film sees the return of Jack and Barbossa alongside Henry Turner (the now-grown son of Elizabeth and Will, played by Brenton Thwaites) and a new antagonist in Javier Bardem’s undead pirate-hunter Armando Salazar. Orlando Bloom and Keira Knightley reprise their respective roles as Will and Elizabeth for cameo appearances.
Dead Men Tell No Tales features another treasure hunt, the object of which is the Trident of Poseidon. Henry seeks the Trident to free his father from a curse and teams up with Jack and newcomer Carina (Kaya Scodelario) to do so. The trio, eventually with the help of Barbossa, must overcome Salazar’s opposition. One of these four heroes dies along the way. Jack takes his rightful place back aboard the Black Pearl and the other surviving heroes enjoy a family reunion.
A post-credits scene then sets up the return of Davy Jones.
There have been two future Pirates of the Caribbean movies in discussion: the sixth mainline movie and a Margot Robbie-led spinoff. Unfortunately, the Margot Robbie project seems to be dead in the water, but a sixth Pirates movie is certainly on the way.
The next mainline movie was expected to be a proper reboot, though franchise star Johnny Depp is once again said to be in the mix, so we'll have to wait and see about the actor's potential involvement and its impact on the film's direction. According to a Variety report published in December, two versions of the script are being developed, "one that could bring Depp back into the fold if the actor and Disney can reconcile."
Franchise producer Jerry Bruckheimer seemed to confirm at least some of the returning cast, with Orlando Bloom saying in an interview earlier this month that "I think they're trying to work out what it would all look like... I personally think it'd be great to get the band back together."
Jordan covers games, shows, and movies as a freelance writer for IGN.
While frequent sell-outs and scalping are still regular problems in the Pokémon TCG Community, Walmart is seemingly trying to find a way around by making early access to the White Flare & Black Bolt sets only available by having a paid Walmart+ membership.
Preorders for a variety of the usual TCG products for White Flare and Black Bolt, including Elite Trainer Boxes, Poster Collection Boxes, and Booster Bundles, will go live on June 18 at 9 PM ET. For the first three, however, only paid Walmart+ members will be able to place preorders while stocks last.
Then, if any are left, non-Walmart+ shoppers are able to buy from the set themselves. While the Walmart+ hub page does state there's a 30-day trial available, each early-access item's product page, like the $60 Black Bolt Trainer Box, also mentions that only paid members are eligible to purchase preorders during those early hours.
Standard Walmart+ memberships are available for $12.95 per month, or $98 annually, which equates to $8.17 per month instead.
While it is a pain that you have to subscribe to a service just for a better guarantee you'll get a preorder in, Walmart+ does have added benefits too, including free delivery without minimums, a free Paramount+ membership, savings on fuel and Burger King, free tire repair, free pharmacy delivery, and more.
The annoying part of the Walmart+ subscription process, if you want to buy early access items right away, is that you're only given the initial option to claim the 30-day trial. However, you can get around this by starting your free trial, cancelling it, and resubscribing for paid access.
If you're a student or college graduate, then you're in luck, because you can get a membership at 50% off, $6.49 a month, or $49 for a year, with all of the same benefits as a standard subscription. As part of the verification process, previous student emails should qualify you.
If you're also a previous member of Walmart+, we've seen reports of users getting a limited-time offer that you can rejoin for just $1, making getting early pre-order access to White Flare and Black Bolt, with all of those other bonuses a great steal.
Our Black Bolt & White Flare preorder guide for Pokemon TCG players also notes that the sets have been popping up at other retailers like Amazon and Best Buy as well. Stock won't always be available, but it's a good page to bookmark for when you want to click through to each product page quickly on the fly.
Ben Williams – IGN freelance contributor with over 10 years of experience covering gaming, tech, film, TV, and anime. Follow him on Twitter/X @BenLevelTen.
All You Need Is Kill will open in theaters at a date TBD. This review is based on a screening at the 2025 Annecy International Animation Film Festival.
Hiroshi Sakurazaka and Yoshioshi Abe's light novel All You Need Is Kill has previously provided the basis for a manga andthe Tom Cruise-Emily Blunt movie Edge of Tomorrow. Now Ken’ichirô Akimoto makes his feature directorial debut with a new version that gives the “live, die, repeat” story the visual splendor only animation can provide. It also gives its main character an emotional arc unlike that of any other previous take on the story.
From the get-go, this All You Need Is Kill presents itself as a very different adaptation. There is no world on fire, no squadron of elite soldiers fighting alien creatures. Rather, it's a movie made for the post-COVID world, where the arrival of a massive alien plant, thereafter known as Darol, causes havoc when it spreads its roots across Earth, emitting electromagnetic surges that plunge the world into chaos. One year later, on the anniversary of this historic event, most of humanity has simply learned to ignore the giant alien flower and go about their day as usual.
Except, on this day, things are different. We follow Rita (a different take on the character played by Emily Blunt in Edge of Tomorrow), a young, ordinary woman working in a huge complex designed to study Darol. When thousands of creatures suddenly sprout from the plant’s giant stalk, Rita is killed instantly – only to wake up and relive the events of the anniversary day. Then she’s killed again, and the same thing happens. And so on, and so on.
This change ups the stakes of All You Need Is Kill. Rita desperately tries to warn her co-workers of their impending doom, but nobody listens because nothing bad has happened during the year they’ve lived with Darol. The editing, which contrasts Rita's constant deaths with the screams of nearby scientists and the eventual quiet of the cafeteria where Rita always wakes up, is striking.
Despite this being his first time directing a feature, Akimoto commands the screen, leading the team at Studio 4°C through a stunning, cell-shaded movie full of vibrant colors and dazzling POV shots. Even though the story is quite small-scale and intimate – since we’re only viewing it through Rita’s attempts to stop her time loop – the animation gives All You Needs Is Kill a sense of scope. Even when she meets a fellow time-looper, Kenji, the action remains focused on the two of them rather than whole armies battling it out. Adding to the unique look are the mechanical suits the characters wear, with elongated limbs that give them a Digimon-like appearance.
But Rita's story is the heart of this adaptation. She’s our eyes into the alien attack, and it ends rather quickly. As she learns to improve her fighting skills, the focus is entirely on her experience and how her loneliness in the time loop reflects what she'd been feeling for years before Darol landed on Earth. This is the first time any version of All You Need Is Kill has focused on Rita's perspective, and as it dives into her existential isolation, it finds a rather moving tale about seeking meaning in chaos and trying to move forward from tragedy.
All You Need Is Kill feels like a big, cinematic roguelike.
Not that there isn't action: Akimoto and team double down on the video game vibes of the source material. Indeed, it feels like a big, cinematic roguelike in which Rita both trains to be better at using certain weapons and has to memorize every movement of her enemy, each new loop bringing her an inch closer to her objective. The fighting itself is dynamic, the movements fluid.
And yet, All You Need Is Kill stumbles hard in the third act, to the point where the whole movie is nearly derailed. The story leaps forward too far and too hard, and in the blink of an eye delivers its climax minus much build up and plus some odd, unexpected plot twists. Worse yet, its attempts to veer off from any previous ending of All You Need Is Kill renders Rita – who’s been our entrypoint into this saga all the way up to now – a passive observer. Thankfully, there's still plenty to enjoy and marvel at before that ending. Maybe it’s just best to declare game over once you make it to the final boss fight.
Dune 3 has reportedly cast two roles that will come as no surprise to fans of Frank Herbert’s sprawling science fiction book series, but their confirmation veers into potential spoiler territory for others.
Warning! Potential spoilers for Dune 3 follow.
According to Deadline, Jason Momoa’s son, Nakoa-Wolf Momoa, and Silo‘s Ida Brooke are set to play Leto II and Ghanima, the twin offspring of Paul Atreides (Timothée Chalamet) and Chani (Zendaya). Legendary declined to comment.
In the Dune books, Leto II and Ghanima were born on Arrakis 12 years after Paul’s ascension to the role of Emperor. Neither child knows their mother, Chani, who at the end of Dune: Part Two is seen ditching Paul after he makes his intention to marry Princess Irulan and cement his claim to the throne clear.
We know that Dune 3 is set to tell the story of the second book, Dune Messiah, which itself is set 12 years after the events of the first book. For Dune 3, that means picking things up amid Paul's devastating jihad, which has conquered the universe. However, what is unclear is how director Denis Villeneuve will handle Leto II and Ghanima's childhood in the third film in the trilogy.
Leto II was named after his paternal grandfather, Duke Leto Atreides (who was murdered on Arrakis by Harkonnen and Sardaukar forces during the events of the first book and film). Leto II goes on to become God Emperor and, well, all sorts of weird things happen. It’s worth noting that in the books, both twins were pre-born, which means they have centuries of ancestral knowledge in the womb, and inherit Paul’s powers.
The casting news comes just a few months after Jason Momoa himself confirmed his return for Dune 3. In 2021’s Dune, Momoa played Duncan Idaho, swordmaster and mentor to Paul. His character dies following the Harkonnen invasion of Arrakis, and does not appear in Dune: Part Two.
However, in the Dune novels, specifically 1969's Dune Messiah, Duncan Idaho returns in clone form (a ghola) as a gift to Paul, now the Emperor. Dune Messiah is the basis of Villeneuve’s Dune 3, so it makes sense that Momoa would return to play the character.
Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.
Indiana Jones once famously declared that objects of public importance and history belong in a museum, but what do you do when they don’t? In the case of Relooted, you can put Indy’s mentality to the test by reclaiming relics of sub-Saharan Africa back for their homelands in this sleek and fascinating 2D heist title.
Relooted puts the player in control of a team of Robin Hood-like thieves that have dedicated their talents to the cause of reuniting items of cultural significance with their home countries. The group gets together upon discovering that a museum is hiding their ownership of multiple antiques in a vault, not even providing a reasoning of public education, but opening them up to having nowhere to report a theft.
“Ironically, this idea started when my mother visited the British Museum,” states Nyamakop Creative Director Ben Myres. “We met up later and she was wild with rage talking about this one element where the whole front of a temple from the south of Turkey was literally moved to the museum. She said, ‘You should make this into a game.’”
The developers wanted to ensure that Relooted uses only real-world examples of items countries have been trying to reclaim.
Myres thought about the mechanics of stealing a building from a museum and work on Relooted began. A year after, Marvel’s Black Panther released in theaters, and provoked a conversation about the idea of reclaiming a country’s history from elsewhere through less official means.
Nyamakop brought on full-time researchers and 3D modelers for all of the very real artifacts in the game that had been stolen from Africa. The developers wanted to ensure that Relooted uses only real-world examples of items countries have been trying to reclaim.
“We were never worried about not having enough relices,” Myres explains, “but rather which ones are we not going to be able to fit in?”
In the demo that I played, the group hatches a plan to visit the “House of Horrors,” a mansion that contains the body of Ethiopian Prince Alemayehu, who died while in England 150 years ago and has never been returned home. After a briefing at the base, it is explained that the priority is getting the remains out of the mansion and grabbing some optional items on the way out. This is where the planning aspect of Relooted begins.
Each level is a series of different rooms that have their own entrances and exits and potential hazards to blocking your way out, like shutters that threaten to close as soon as the alarm goes out. Before the heist begins, players decide where and how the team should be distributed: should you put the acrobat with the hookshot on the roof to aid you in rappelling down? In theory, the hacker locksmith should go where you suspect a security door will close, right?
There are indeed wrong choices, but there could also be off-the-wall decisions that may facilitate the retreat in ways not explicitly intended.
If the player put items under the shutters prior to the escape, there should still be a gap to free-run under them when it's time to get out.
Once the player grabs one of the artifacts, the alarm goes off and the escape begins, surfacing a timer in which you can get the other items and get to the getaway vehicle at the far end of the stage. Here is where all your planning comes to fruition; if the player put items under the shutters, there should still be a gap to free-run under them. That is, of course, assuming you placed items that your character can move through. A safe is a big, bulky item but it does not do much good if it is still closed and locked.
The level ends as the player makes their way into the van, with promises of many more capers to come. The story promises to expand with not only interesting new heists, but BioWare-style choices along the way to shape the story. I came away from Relooted feeling like it is one of the freshest, most interesting games at Summer Games Fest and I cannot wait to play the full title.
Nintendo has revealed new Donkey Kong Bananza gameplay details in today's Nintendo Direct, which has also confirmed that Super Mario Odyssey's Pauline will be your sidekick character in the game.
Here, Pauline can use her singing talents to temporarily transform DK into several new forms — a charging zebra, or a flying ostrich that can drop egg bombs. Pauline can also be controlled by a second player, turning Bananza into a co-op experience where Pauline's vocals become explosive blasts, which can be aimed via the Joy-Con's mouse controls to help DK with his destruction.
Using GameShare, this co-op offering can be played on multiple local Switch consoles — including Switch 1 — without your co-op partner needing a copy of the game themselves.
Other new gameplay features confirmed today included the ability to skate around on pieces of the environment that DK has torn out of the ground, and even stick them together to form new structures such as bridges. And then there's DK Artist, a mode that lets you get creative with Bananza's destruction effects, and carve your own statues out of stone.
Eagle-eyed viewers will likely have spotted returning classic characters Cranky Kong and Rambi the Rhino, but did you also spot Diddy Kong and Dixie Kong? They're included, though what their roles will be remains uncertain.
Speaking of other familiar elements, today's Nintendo Direct also featured a fresh version of the iconic DK Rap from Donkey Kong 64 that's set to feature in Bananza. (Here's hoping composer Grant Kirkhope is credited for this version, after previously complaining he had been left out of the Super Mario Movie credits.)
And speaking of credits, one notable omission from the Nintendo Direct was any confirmation as to which Nintendo development team is behind Donkey Kong Bananza. Fans had previously speculated that the game is the work of the company's talented Super Mario Odyssey crew. Whether Pauline's reappearance here is another clue remains to be seen.
Accompanying the game, Nintendo also announced a new Donkey Kong Bananza amiibo figure featuring DK and Pauline. This will be available alongside the game and grants a costume for Pauline earlier than you'd otherwise unlock it. All other amiibo figures are also compatible, and will spawn helpful pieces of terrain material.
"Bananza is on track to be one of the most gorgeous Nintendo games I’ve seen," IGN wrote in our Donkey Kong Bananza hands-on preview. "It really does take advantage of Switch 2's hardware – the environments are beautiful and DK’s animations are wonderfully expressive, and I left feeling like the next generation of first-party Nintendo games had truly arrived."
Donkey Kong Bananza launches July 17, exclusively for Nintendo Switch 2.
Tom Phillips is IGN's News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social
It feels like a lifetime ago since the Trump Administration announced sweeping tariffs on global trading partners before abruptly pausing them for nearly every country. While the tariff situation may be confusing for many as it seems to change frequently, the so-called "reciprocal tariffs" are on pause until July 8, with the significantly higher tariffs against China on pause until August 12.
While it’s still unclear how the final tariff policy will shake out, one thing seems certain: prices are likely to rise. So if you’ve been eyeing a new controller, headset, or other gaming gear, now may be the best time to buy. To help you make the most of the current prices, we’ve rounded up eight essential accessories to consider before all of the tariffs return in full force.
Gaming Headsets
If you enjoy playing online multiplayer with friends, you're going to need a proper gaming headset to communicate. Picking out the best gaming headset depends on a variety of factors, including sound quality, comfort, weight, and available connectivity features.
You'll also want to decide whether wireless or wired headsets better suits your setup. Wireless headsets are more convenient and often double as Bluetooth headphones for your phone, but they do require regular recharging based on their battery life.
It's worth noting that most major gaming accessory brands like SteelSeries, Razer, and HyperX manufacture their gaming headphones in China, which is likely to be hit the hardest by tariffs if things don't change.
Fortunately, there are still plenty of excellent controllers available at or below their suggested retail prices. Whether you're shopping for a great PS5 controller, Xbox controller, Nintendo Switch controller, or PC controller, there's an endless stream of options that cater to every player.
Gaming Chairs
A good gaming chair is often one of the most overlooked accessories for gaming. But for extended gaming sessions, having a comfortable space to park your rear is essential. Finding the best gaming chair often comes down to comfort, size, and type of materials used. Oh, and aesthetic, of course. Some people prefer a sleek, unobtrusive chair, while others may opt for something that screams "I'm a gamer!" to everyone on their Zoom call.
Like many products on this list, gaming chairs are often manufactured and assembled in China, so chances are likely that the prices will only go up if you wait. Secretlab, for example, is likely to be heavily affected by tariffs on goods manufactured in China.
Gaming Monitors
If you spend most of your time at a desk, whether for PC gaming or work, it's worth investing in a good monitor. After all, you can't do much on your computer if you can't see it clearly. The best gaming monitors feature high-resolutions, fast refresh rates for smooth performance, and adjustable stands. Some monitors even feature ultrawide or curved displays to further immerse you in your content.
Most gaming monitors are made in China, although some manufacturers have shifted production to Vietnam or Mexico in recent years. Either way, if you've been thinking about upgrading, now is a great time—monitor prices have dropped considerably in recent years, but that could change quickly when tariffs return.
Gaming Keyboards
Gaming keyboards come in all shapes and sizes. Whether you prefer a full-size keyboard with a number pad or want a tenkeyless mini design to free up desk space, there's a lot to consider when picking out the best gaming keyboards.
One of the most important factors is the type of switches it uses. Mechanical switches are a popular choice for gamers, offering a satisfying, tactile feel when pressed. Some switches are clicky and loud, while others—like linear switches—are smooth and quiet, ideal for fast-paced gaming or shared spaces.
The vast majority of gaming keyboards are manufactured in China, so there's very little to find outside of some niche brands or custom kits. If you're looking to upgrade your current keyboard, you'll likely want to do that before the tariffs resume to get the best price.
Gaming Mice
If your current gaming mouse isn't cutting it, then it's probably time to upgrade. Some of the best gaming mice available today feature lightweight designs, additional buttons, and comfortable ergonomics.
Different mice excel in different games, though. If you're into competitive shooters where quick reflexes are key, then you'll want to grab a lightweight wireless mouse to stay ahead of the competition. For MMO players, wired mice with extra buttons will allow you to bind your hotbar to physical buttons and never worry about running out of juice in the middle of a raid.
Most gaming mice are manufactured in China, although many Corsair and Logitech products are made in Taiwan, which will likely have lower tariffs overall. It's best not to wait too long, though, as prices are likely to go up across the board, with some brands more than others.
Microphones
Whether you're streaming on Twitch, recording a podcast, or just chatting with friends on Discord, a good microphone can make a big difference. Many of the best microphones typically offer much better clarity and range than the built-in mics on most gaming headsets, helping your voice come through louder and cleaner.
Even if you're not creating content, upgrading to a standalone microphone can elevate your audio quality during gameplay or calls. While microphones are manufactured all around the world, many of them come from China and may be subject to upcoming tariffs. Brands like RODE and Elgato, which produce hardware in other countries, could be less affected. But, it's worth locking in prices now while they are potentially at their lowest.
Soundbars
Soundbars are one of the easiest ways to upgrade your home entertainment setup, delivering dramatically better audio than your TV’s built-in speakers. Whether you're watching movies or diving into a new game, the best soundbars can enhance the experience with rich sound and features like Dolby Atmos, wireless subwoofers, and smart connectivity options like Bluetooth, Apple AirPlay, or Google Chromecast.
Like microphones, soundbars are manufactured all around the world. While many come from China, brands like Sonos, Bose, Samsung, and Klipsch have manufacturing facilities in the U.S., Mexico, and other parts of Asia, so the impact of tariffs may vary by company.
Amazon Prime Day Is the Final Major Sale Before Tariffs Resume
One of the biggest shopping events of the year, Amazon Prime Day, is right around the corner. Amazon has confirmed that Prime Day 2025 will take place between July 8 and July 11. Aside from Black Friday, this is the biggest sale opportunity of the year, and just so happens to take place right before the increased tariffs against China resume in August. If you've had your eye on any of the gaming accessories above (or any products, really) then Prime Day may be your last chance to score some deals on gear for the foreseeable future.
Matthew Adler has written for IGN since 2019 covering all things gaming, tech, tabletop games, and more. You can follow him on the site formerly known as Twitter @MatthewAdler and watch him stream on Twitch.
With action-packed gunplay, an innumerable quantity of badass guns to loot, and some of the most crass humor in gaming, the Borderlands games have held a special place in my heart since way back in 2009. But it’s also a series that practically invented the looter shooter genre, then saw itself fall behind the curve as a renaissance of RPG-infused multiplayer shooters dominated the space. With Borderlands 4, the team at Gearbox seems eager to take some big swings in hopes of reclaiming the throne of firearms and shell casings they themselves built, and whether it’s the greatly improved shooting mechanics, an interesting revamp to RPG mechanics, an entirely fresh setting, a slew of new characters, or a more grounded tone in its story, the handful of hours I played left me fairly confident that I will find myself pulled back into this wonderfully weird world of psychopaths and extremely irritating robots.
I Need Guns
There’s a whole heck of a lot of novel things Borderlands 4 tries, but the first thing that immediately jumped out at me was the focus on movement. I counted no fewer than five additional ways to keep your vault hunter in motion while hunting for treasure and blasting wild animals, including double jumping, gliding through the air, dashing from side to side, pulling yourself around with a grappling hook, and even swimming – which is especially great, because dying every time one of my toes got wet was always pretty annoying in the previous games. Each of these traversal options added an interesting dimension to navigating arenas while sniping mercenaries and lobbing explosives in the faces of the local fauna, and also went a long way to speeding up how quickly I could close distance between me and the baddies in my path. That was a welcome change, because I’d always found myself frustrated by how slowly I move in old Borderlands entries. If there’s anything worrisome about all these extra ways to get around, it’s that there are so many of them I often forgot to use them. Being able to double jump, glide, and grapple hook across a room all in the same motion honestly feels like too much power, at least in the hands of a rookie like me who only had a few hours to familiarize myself with it all. By the end of the demo, though, I felt a lot better about my ability to keep myself in motion while bringing my arsenal to bear upon swarms of monsters, but it definitely feels like it’ll take some getting used to.
Of course, it wouldn’t be a Borderlands game without the promise of a bottomless cache of weapons to discover, each designed to inject a little anarchy into combat. While I only got a small sampling of what’s in store, there honestly weren’t a ton of things I wasn’t expecting, even with the additional weapon manufacturers introducing some new stufft. One of the new gunmakers, Ripper, seem to have a lot in common with the COV weapons from Borderlands 3, as they need to spin up before they can be fired, but then pile on a heaping helping of lead into enemies, while Daedelus reminded me a lot of the Dahl weapons that offer multiple ammo types to switch between. The only distinct new type I got to try out was called The Order, which have an alternate firing mode – like a pistol I found that could create gravity wells instead of shooting normal bullets. Most of what I played was from pretty early in the campaign, and I only found a single legendary weapon during my travels, so it’s fairly likely there are more surprises I haven’t seen, but at least on the surface I wasn’t too shocked with what I found in that regard.
Get Built
What seems significantly more distinct are the new buildcrafting options, including a healing item, called a Repkit, that can be used in addition to the usual pickups you find in chests and pick off the sorry corpses of slain foes. These add an interesting dimension to defining your build, as you could just play it safe and equip the item that offers the most healing with the shortest cooldown, but bolder vault hunters might instead favor one that intentionally offers lesser healing benefits to instead grant some other effect every time the item is used. For example, I found one that caused a large explosion of cryo to explode around me whenever I used it, versus another that restored significantly more health and could be used twice before it needed to be cooled down.h Depending on how risky you want to play it, or the specific strategy behind your build, I could see this opening up a lot of doors for clever min-maxers to do some pretty fun stuff.
Each Borderlands has a different roster of vault hunters to play, and this entry is no different. I got the chance to try out Vex, the magical siren whose main focus (at least with my setup) was in summoning NPC companions to help me fight off mobs, and Rafa, a soldier who had a bunch of high-tech gadgets to unload onto anyone stupid enough to get in his way – including some melee blades that made short work of anyone within arm’s reach, or some shoulder-mounted cannons that automatically helped me lather folks in lead. It’s al ways hard to tell just how awesome each of these bonafide badasses is going to be after just a few hours, but I was already very much heartened by the number of interesting options to pick from, and I already felt myself transforming into an armed-to-the-teeth instrument of death, even as low-leveled as I was. Also, some of the perks I saw on those trees looked downright spicy, like the ability to disconnect Rafa’s shoulder-mounted turrets to convert them into a stationary battle station, so consider me pretty hyped to try out a late-game build.
Story Time
Another interesting change coming with Borderlands 4 is the new, clearly darker setting and story. Taking place on a new world called Kairos, the world has been dominated by an oppressive, immortal being known as the Timekeeper, who controls the population using cybernetic implants. But naturally, the actions of the vault keepers in recent Borderlands entries (which I won’t spoil here) has ruined the perfect, unjust order on Kairos, throwing the place into chaos, and opening the door for you and your friends to shoot everything in the face and score some sweet new loot. Noice.
The change in tone is pretty clear, and even though you’ve still got the usual cheeky characters, sexual innuendos, and over-the-top gore, there’s also quite a bit of darkness and the beginnings of what seems to be a significantly more grounded story in play, which will hopefully wash away some of the shallowness found in Borderlands 3 – specifically where the antagonists are concerned. It’s also worth noting the intentional shift away from Pandora to focus on this new world. This, combined with the fact that a lot of the cast is entirely new (at least in the sections I played), makes things feel a bit like a soft reboot that gives a fresh start to tell new stories compared to prior games that have mostly leaned pretty heavily on the locations and characters established in their predecessors.
Borderlands 4 feels a bit like a soft reboot that gives a fresh start to tell new stories compared to prior games that have mostly leaned pretty heavily on the locations and characters established in their predecessors.
I’m all for this shift, honestly, because although Borderlands was my addiction for many years, it’s also pretty clearly been on its backfoot as a series, as the looter shooter space has both evolved and become more crowded, especially where its ongoing live-service peers are concerned. To be clear, I don’t want to see Borderlands chase the GaaS model and fundamentally change what it is, but it’s nice to see that Gearbox seems willing to take some sizeable risks in pursuit of evolving the series, because I genuinely think it needs to do so if it wants to keep the attention of longtime fans like myself.
That’s not to say that there isn’t a ton of good, old fashioned Borderlands goodness inside Borderlands 4 – quite the opposite. I still spent ludicrous amounts of time dabbing on loads of enemies who shouted expletives at me after running out of darkened spawn points, watched colorful loot explode out of enemies like fireworks, and ran doglike enemies over with my vehicle, which is now very awesomely available to be summoned anywhere on the map, rather than having to be picked up at a designated spawn point (thank God). There are also perilous vaults to be raided and massive, badass bosses to take down in the name of loot, XP, and bragging rights – which I unfortunately can’t show you today, because of some unfortunate restrictions on what I’m allowed to showcase at this time. But I can say that the one boss I fought a number of times is perhaps the most mechanics-heavy and interesting enemy I’ve encountered in Borderlands, and if it’s at all representative of the level of quality we can expect from Borderlands 4, then we’re in for quite a treat.
After several hours dipping my toes into what is sure to be a massive looter shooter, I’m much more optimistic about Borderlands 4’s odds of recapturing my affections after years apart. Stay tuned in the coming days, when I’m allowed to show off some later game footage and a boss fight that I took down a number of times in an effort to grind out some unique weapons – old habits die hard, I guess.
What questions do you have about Borderlands 4? We’ll do a follow-up video soon based on the questions you leave in the Comments below. And for more on the biggest upcoming games, check out our recent previews of Resident Evil Reqiuem and Ninja Gaiden 4, and for everything else keep hunting for vaults with IGN.
Fans of the classic '90s cartoon Spider-Man: The Animated Series have been clamoring for a revival, especially since the arrival of X-Men '97 in 2024. While a new animated series doesn't appear to be on the horizon (Marvel is instead moving full-steam ahead on new seasons of Your Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man), Marvel will finally continue this Spidey saga in comic book form with Spider-Man '94.
Spider-Man '94 is a four-issue limited series that picks up where the show's infamous cliffhanger ending left off in 1998. The series brings Peter Parker and Mary Jane Watson back to New York and promises to pit the wallcrawler against two iconic villains who will be making their debuts in this animated universe. The series is written by long-time Spidey veteran (and a writer on the original animated series) J.M. DeMatteis, with art by Jim Towe (Spider-Verse vs. Venomverse) and covers by Nick Bradshaw, Ron Lim, and John Tyler Christopher.
Check out the slideshow gallery below to see cover art for the first issue of Spider-Man '94:
Here's Marvel's official summary of Spider-Man '94:
After searching to the ends of the Multiverse, PETER PARKER – the AMAZING, the SPECTACULAR, the RADIOACTIVE Web-Head himself – A.K.A. SPIDER-MAN, swings back into the streets of New York City with his beloved Mary Jane WATSON in tow! But what’s this? One of these villains is not like the others: Witness this universe’s debut of not one, but TWO of Spider-Man’s greatest villains from the comics!
Legendary Spider-Scribe J.M. DeMATTEIS and rising star artist JIM TOWE bring you the return you’ve all been waiting thirty years for! And you’re never going to expect the twists and turns ahead for your friendly neighborhood Spider-Man! Break out your action figures, and post up in front of the TV as we bring you back to the greatest era of animated super hero television in history!
"The 1990s Spider-Man animated series has become a beloved part of Spidey lore—it was the introduction to Peter Parker and his universe for an entire generation—and I’m delighted to be diving back into that universe," DeMatteis tells IGN. "We’re treating this as the next season of the show, which means introducing new villains, new challenges, new adventures for Peter—while doing our best to remain true to the creative spirit that John Semper and Company established with the original show."
Spider-Man '94 #1 will be released on September 3, 2025.
There are a lot of benefits to the portability of gaming laptops, but they usually come with trade-offs when it comes to sheer power. But what if there was a laptop that didn’t hold back? What if the manufacturer ignored the guardrails and threw everything it had at it, roping its component partners in to do the same to deliver pure, no holds barred, mobile gaming decadence? That’s exactly what MSI did with the Titan 18 HX AI: it’s big, it’s heavy, and it’s ridiculously expensive. But it’s also the closest example of a mobile desktop I’ve seen in years and is definitely about more than just gaming.
MSI Titan 18 HX AI – Design and Features
The MSI Titan 18 HX AI is a beast. With its 18-inch display and near-eight pound weight (more if you carry the charger), it’s the antithesis of thin and light and clearly doesn’t care much for portability. It’s the laptop to choose if you want the ability to take your gaming PC from place to place but don’t plan to do it often. You’ll feel it in your shoulder after a single commute.
Often in these reviews, I remark on portability, but here that goes right out the window. Know that going in, and understand that its lack of portability, combined with its high price (our model costs about $5,800) firmly position this as a halo product not intended to be openly accessible. It’s the kind of laptop you aspire to, and if you’ve arrived in life, may finally be able to achieve. To be fair, there are other situations where you may want something like this, but for a lot of people, the Titan 18 HX AI is going to fall into “maybe someday” territory.
Understanding that it packs some top-tier hardware and that portability wasn’t going to be a concern with this release, MSI went all-in with an 18-inch display and a thick chassis to promote airflow. The design is overall pretty tame, a far cry from the Norse Myth version that comes with an embossed dragon’s eye on the lid. Here, we have an illuminated MSI logo on the back, some blue stripes along the rear I/O and venting and the per-key RGB mechanical keyboard. If its size doesn’t attract attention, its sci-fi inspired styling certainly will.
Webcam: IR FHD type (30fps/1080p) with HDR and Physical Shutter
Battery: 99 wHr
Dimensions: 15.91" x 12.11" x 0.94-1.26"
Weight: 7.94 lbs
Despite massive capacities like 64GB of RAM and 6TB of storage, it's important to note that this is actually only the mid-level version of the Titan 18 HX AI. If you want to spend less, you can drop to an RTX 5080 for $5,199. On the other hand, if you’re keen to upgrade, you can also spend $6,200 and net yourself 96GB of memory.
It seems almost ludicrous to sell a gaming laptop with 96GB of memory. 64GB is still double what most high-end laptops offer. But between that and the massive SSD storage space, it’s clear that this system is aimed to be a high performance PC for everything. Running local LLMs is no problem on this system and you’re not going to find much that’s more capable for rendering and other heavy workstation tasks.
Targeting gamers with such an above and beyond system, however, highlights just how high-spec it is. If you’re a gamer with this system, you’re making a statement about how invested you are in the hobby. Assuming everything is implemented well (and it is), this is a system that sits as king of the hill among gaming laptops from the big brands.
Putting that to the side, let’s dig into the details starting with the display. At 18 inches, it’s big and delivers that “big screen” laptop experience with ease. It’s also delightfully high-spec, coming in with a 3,840 x 2,400 resolution: 4K in a 16:10 aspect ratio. It clocks all the way up to 120Hz with G-Sync support and is rated to cover 100% of the DCI-P3 color space.
The display uses a still-uncommon mini-LED backlight for superior brightness and contrast. At its peak in HDR mode, it’s able to reach over 1,000 nits of brightness while also delivering deep blacks thanks to its uncommon mini-LED backlight. It supports K-Zone local dimming, which is a fancy way to say that it has around a thousand local dimming zones across its 18-inch diagonal span. This allows the laptop to pinpoint areas of darkness with precision and deliver an exceptional dynamic range that was, for the most part, free of haloing around bright objects.
This display does have some puzzling omissions, however. The biggest is that it lacks G-Sync, which is shocking and disappointing. How a flagship, RTX 5090-packing laptop ships without this is beyond me. Technically, it still features adaptive sync, but only when you’re using the iGPU, so it’s still out for games. The second is Advanced Optimus. MSI Center allows you to switch between and discrete graphics and the iGPU but you’ll need to reboot to make the change.
With such a high resolution, you need powerful hardware to drive any kind of AAA gaming experience. This model features Intel's new HX series of its AI-centric Core Ultra 200 processors and, combined with its RTX 50-series GPU, it delivers.
This model in particular is one of the first to feature the Intel Core Ultra 9 285 HX CPU. For gaming and a whole lot else besides, this processor is an absolute banger. It features a total of 24 cores, including 8 performance cores and 16 efficiency cores. The efficiency cores are able to clock up to 4.6 GHz, but the performance cores, which will come into play with gaming and heavy workloads, can spin all the way up to 5.5 GHz. This gives a direct boost to in-game frame rates, but with a core count and division like it offers, it's able to devote large amounts of processing power to games while still handling less intensive tasks in the background without breaking a sweat.
The GPU is equally high-performance no matter what model you choose. The lowest spec graphics card you can get with this laptop is an RTX 5080, so it's ready to offer excellent frame rates in modern games all on its own. With such a high-resolution, high-refresh-rate display, however, the RTX 5090 is the best fit if you want to turn up all of your graphics settings. Even then, you'll probably want to leverage DLSS 4 and frame generation, or multi-frame generation, whenever possible.
The memory and storage are almost as impressive. The base memory configuration of 64GB is enough for any game available today, and the memory is fairly fast at 6400MHz (though the wired-in memory of AMD's HX and AI series processors still tops it, with the best examples hitting 8000MHz). It's enough to run any demanding game available today and intense multitasking in the background. This memory pool also makes it much more capable for video editing, digital arts tasks, as well as the aforementioned local AI models.
Coming with a base configuration of 6TB of storage is a bit mind-boggling and highlights how multidisciplinary this laptop is truly supposed to be. That's enough where you won't need to delete a game for ages, and you'll still have space left over. MSI splits this storage across three NVMe SSDs and then links them together in a RAID configuration for insanely fast transfer speeds of a rated 18,000 MB/s. What's more, there’s even an extra M.2 slot, so you can add a fourth drive if you need more storage over time.
Keeping all of this cool would be a task for any laptop, accomplishing that here with a whopping 270W power output (175W with the GPU and 95W with the CPU), is an even taller order. MSI takes that on with a new vapor chamber cooler with two fans and four exhaust ports, two each from the back and sides. The bottom of the laptop is also designed to elevate the system for easier airflow through the bottom.
Temperatures will still peak at 100C for the CPU in its highest performance mode before it throttles speeds down to prevent overheating, but it did achieve its boost clock of 5.2 GHz reliably in my testing. When it throttled, it hovered between 4.7GHz and 4.9GHz. In games, this only amounted to three to five fps on average.
The fans run at full speed under heavy load, which can get pretty loud. It doesn’t sound like a wind tunnel like some laptops I’ve tested but at full speed, I recorded a peak noise level of 64dB. The National Hearing Conservation Association (NHCA) places this at about the level of a conversation overheard from 3-5 feet away. So, not roaring, but you’ll still want to plug in a pair of headphones and use it away from anyone that might be trying to focus or watch TV.
Opening the laptop, you'll find a logo for both SteelSeries and Cherry. That's the very same Cherry behind the popular line of mechanical keyboard switches. Both SteelSeries and Cherry partnered with MSI to develop the keyboard used in the Titan 18 HX AI. The keyboard uses Cherry’s recent ultra low-profile mechanical switches, with a number pad to the right and per-key RGB backlighting. The lighting is controlled with Steelseries’ GG software, which also lets you remap keys and assign macros for gaming.
The keyboard is tactile and feels great to use. Like a full-size mech keyboard, the keys have a cleanliness to each press that’s satisfying and snappy. Interestingly, not all of the keys are mechanical. The numpad, arrow keys, and function row all use standard scissor switches. That’s disappointing, for sure, but the remaining keys are very good in their own right with great tactility and travel. Since the laptop as a whole is fairly large, the keyspace also doesn’t feel very cramped, which is usually the case when manufacturers jam in a numpad and try to make everything fit.
The touchpad is super interesting. It’s fully integrated into the palm rest, and if you turn the lighting off, it’s invisible. With the lighting on, its entire surface illuminates. Since there are no edges, the lighting is especially important, but don’t worry: if you find it to be a bit much, you can customize how the lighting appears and make it only activate when you’re actually using the touchpad. Using it is as easy as it is reliable with haptic feedback clicks that actually work well and a large enough size that it is perpetually under the thumb. This does mean accidental activations from time to time, but that’s the case for all over-sized touchpads. Give a little, get a little.
The size of the laptop has another benefit: sound quality. While most gaming laptops feature two speakers, MSI has managed to fit six into this laptop. This includes a pair of 2-watt woofers and four individual 2-watt speakers. It's one of the rare gaming laptops that's actually able to offer a decent listening experience. Its two dedicated woofers definitely beef up the sound and lend it a fuller low-end than most of its competitors. You could use this for gaming, watching movies, or listening to music and have an enjoyable experience. A quality gaming headset or pair of speakers will still outperform it, but these aren’t bad!
One of its most disappointing qualities is its webcam. It has a physical shutter, which is nice, and can be used for Windows Hello biometric login, thanks to its IR sensor, but the picture quality is pretty mediocre. I found it to be overexposed and soft out of the box. With some tweaking in the Windows camera settings, it can be improved, but it is never more than okay, despite being 1080p resolution.
Returning to the positives, the Titan 18 offers a generous selection of ports along its right side. You have the audio combo jack, a USB 3.2 Type-A port, and two Thunderbolt 5 USB Type-C ports that support video and Power Delivery 3.1. On the opposite side, you have an additional USB 3.2 Type-A port, as well as a full-size SD card reader and a Kensington lock. Around the back is the port for the power adapter, a full-size Ethernet jack, and a full-size HDMI 2.1 port.
All of this hardware is only possible with a wealth of power. To that end, it comes with a monster 400W power brick. While you can technically game without being plugged in, the highest performance mode is blocked off without the official adapter. For light gaming and normal use this is fine, but even with my 100W PD adapter plugged in, the battery still drained in about an hour playing Karma: The Dark World. According to the spec sheet, it actually supports PD up to 140W which might prevent that, but I didn’t have one on-hand for testing.
As you would hope for such a high-powered device, it sports a 99wHr battery, the biggest you can legally take on a plane. Just don’t expect it to last very long. If the RTX 5090 is enabled, it will deplete in less than an hour. If you enable Eco-Mode and just rely on the iGPU of the Intel Core Ultra 9 285 HX, as well as take other steps, like lowering brightness and using Energy Saver, you can stretch battery life out quite a bit longer. In our Procyon battery test, it lasted four hours and 36 minutes. Realistically speaking, though, you’ll want to be plugged in for the best experience.
MSI Titan 18 HX AI – Software
The MSI Titan 18 HX AI uses MSI Center for most of its configuration options. Blessedly, this now works with optional applets for different features and functionality out of the box, including basics like adjusting performance modes, and its screen calibration tool, True Color. It’s more streamlined and lightweight than Dragon Center, MSI’s old configuration tool, and it’s worth applauding that these applications aren’t bogged down with features you may not be interested in.
There are three performance modes to choose from: Extreme Performance, Balanced, and Eco-Silent. You’re also able to opt into an AI-managed performance mode called MSI AI Engine, but the presets are straightforward enough that most people should be able to infer which setting is best for them in the moment and set it accordingly in the software or using the keyboard shortcut.
Somewhat confusingly, the keyboard’s lighting cannot be controlled at all using the Mystic Light utility that’s available in MSI Center. It's understandable that you would need to use SteelSeries' GG application to do so, since the keyboard was designed in collaboration with them. But entering into the Mystic Light utility, there's really no indication that the keyboard isn't compatible. Any lighting changes you make will only apply to the logo on the back of the lid.
Thankfully, SteelSeries GG is quite good. If you've never used a keyboard configuration tool before, there will be a bit of a learning curve as you navigate between sections for programming keys and controlling the lighting, but it's fairly intuitive with just a little bit of investigation.
Controlling lighting is significantly more in-depth than most gaming laptops offer, and there are tons of different presets to choose from, as well as the ability to set your own custom color scheme. This applies to both the keyboard and the trackpad, mind you.
Bafflingly, there is no brightness control built into the software anywhere. It may be the only keyboard lighting tool I've used that doesn't have brightness controls. Instead, you'll need to use the keyboard shortcut, but that was also confusing because it adjusts the keyboard and touchpad at one point and the touchpad is significantly brighter than the keys. There is no one or the other.
I also had some trouble with the TrueColor tool skewing accuracy pretty terribly and harming picture quality rather than enhancing it. I’ll talk more about that in the performance section, but I can only recommend it be avoided.
All in all, I'm rather pleased with the software offerings. They're not perfect, but the fact that you can largely ignore them is an asset. MSI Center does offer MUX switch capability (manually toggling between the processor's integrated GPU and the RTX 5090), but most of the time, I found leaving it on hybrid mode and simply toggling performance modes with a shortcut was sufficient. SteelSeries’ GG may need to be opened more often if you like to record macros. If all you care about is lighting, however, it allows you to bind your favorite lighting presets to hotkeys, so you don't have to revisit it very often either. This makes the software feel much less intrusive and necessary than it might otherwise be, while still providing the necessary options at your fingertips.
MSI Titan 18 HX AI – Performance
I’ve been able to spend several weeks with the Titan 18 HX AI so far and, putting the lack of G-Sync aside, it has been a pretty fantastic experience for the most part. Getting the obvious out of the way first, this is absolutely not a laptop I would choose to travel with. The days that I chose to carry it with me through the day, it felt straight up heavy and was so big that my co-workers routinely commented on its massiveness. If you want killer gaming performance on the go, the Titan will get you there, but it’s much better suited for use in one place.
The keyboard is excellent. The entire keyset really should be mechanical, but with all of the letters and numbers using mechanical switches, that’s what I found myself using most of the time. In fact, I didn’t even realize the whole keyboard wasn’t mechanical until a couple of days in. It’s one of those things that you never un-notice, though. And, again, six thousand dollars and we can’t make all the keys mechanical?
The touchpad has been hit or miss with users so far, but I like it. I didn’t experience many misclicks at all and the haptic feedback worked well. I just wish there were separate brightness controls for it and the keyboard because the touchpad stands out much more.
The display is great, sans G-Sync. It’s bright, colorful, and fast. Playing games at such a high resolution really benefits from upscaling and frame-gen, even with the RTX 5090, but it’s plenty powerful to run many games without it below its 120Hz refresh rate.
There’s one caveat here. Avoid the True Color calibration tool. It may just be my sample, but any of the other presets, including those for reference modes like sRGB, actively worsened the picture. And I’m not saying that subjectively. Measured with my colorimeter, both reference modes were measurably less accurate than just keeping the standard picture mode enabled.
Let’s dive into measurements. Starting with accuracy, the Delta-E average was 2.46, which isn’t far off at all. In fact, it was really only teal that was too high, which I believe is what made the display look off during my first impressions. Swapping picture modes only makes things worse, so if the picture isn’t to your taste, I would recommend making adjustments straight through your graphics driver.
Continuing through the DataColor SpyderPro colorimeter’s assessment, the display performed mostly well. Its gamma mapping was a bit off, but not terribly so. Its color gamut coverage was great with 100% of the sRGB color space, 99% of DCI-P3, and 93% of Adobe RGB included. If you do have access to a colorimeter, you can dial in its accuracy very well. With a 10ish minute calibration, my color accuracy was down to an average of 1.52, which is perfectly fine for creative work.
Brightness is also impressive. Plugged in using the included power brick, I measured peak SDR brightness at 694 nits. On battery, or even using a 100W GaN charger, that drops to 498 nits. In HDR, peak brightness reached 1,113 nits in a ~10% window. After running through my colorimeter’s calibration, HDR mode looked good, but I was surprised to find that Windows HDR Calibration tool didn’t work correctly. The white and black test patterns simply didn’t adjust at all, which made the resulting picture very inaccurate.
Once it’s dialed in, it looks stunning and provides a big part of what makes gaming on it so much fun.
Moving into performance, note that generally we test all of our games at maximum settings and use DLSS upscaling unless otherwise noted. For 1080p/1200p resolution, we set DLSS to Quality. At 1440p/1600p, we use balanced. At 4K/2400p we use Performance mode. We also use a mix of 3DMark’s gaming benchmarks and Procyon to get a broad overview of each system’s capabilities.
Considering how new the RTX 50-series laptops are, we're still gathering data. I did have two other competitors to compare against for this review, however: the Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 and the Razer Blade 16 (which also has a recently launched 18-inch version). It’s not exactly apples to apples, however. The Aorus Master 16 I reviewed came with an RTX 5080, not a 5090, and the Blade 16 operates with less wattage: 160W instead of 175W like the Titan 18 HX AI. Still, these comparisons are salient because all three are very expensive, high-end options from their respective manufacturers… and the results may not be as far apart as you might think.
Beginning with synthetics, the Titan performs admirably and achieves wins across the board. I would expect this from the 3DMark gaming tests given its higher CUDA core count and wattage, but the massive lead it achieved in Procyon’s Office Productivity benchmark impressed me most. The Aorus Master 16 is built around the Intel Core Ultra 9 275HX and is only a single step below the 285HX included here. The Blade meanwhile utilizes the AMD Ryzen 9 AI HX 370. Both CPUs feature NPUs, but the Core Ultra 9 285HX just smoked it in this test.
Moving onto gaming, I started testing our game roster using the laptop’s native resolution, the 16:10 version of 4K, 2400p (3,840 x 2,400). This is a demanding resolution: the Titan is driving almost a million more pixels than a 4K gaming monitor and doing so with a GPU that is roughly equivalent to a desktop RTX 5070 Ti. That GPU is typically considered the best fit for 1440p, so how does the RTX 5090 mobile fare with its larger 24GB pool of VRAM?
Not bad, actually. Without any frame generation we see a range from 41 to 104 fps. Turning on frame gen – and this is standard 2x, not even the multi frame generation that debuted with DLSS 4. It does highlight that you’re not going to hit 120 fps without taking advantage of frame gen or multi frame gen. Even though the Titan is a beast of a laptop, 4K+ with all the bells and whistles and path traced lights with triple-digit fps is still a pipe dream on gaming laptops without a helping hand.
At 1600p, the Titan comes into its own. Compared to the Blade 16, it’s simply no competition. The additional wattage and higher performance Intel processor simply blow it out of the water in every single example. Now, the Blade 16 is quieter and, well, actually works as a laptop you can easily carry every day. That’s the trade-off. That and about $1,300. The Aorus competes well and has the expected performance differential, except in AC: Shadows where it pulls a surprisingly large lead.
Rounding out with 1200p benchmarks, the Titan 18 HX AI echoes the results we observed at 1600p. It easily hits triple digits in multiple games and will easily hit 120 fps with FG or MFG in certain games. With that in mind, I don’t see anyone spending nearly $6,000 on a laptop to turn down the resolution so much that everything looks noticeably softer.
The last thing I wanted to test was MSI’s claims of incredible transfer speeds with its SSD RAID array. While I didn’t hit the promised 18,000 MB/s, I did hit around 16,000 MB/s early on in my testing, though I regretfully neglected to take a screenshot. I wasn’t able to re-achieve that in the drafting days for this review, but did grab the results above. There’s a big difference between read and write speeds, which is to be expected with a RAID setup, but even at 14,444 MB/s for read speeds and 8,901 MB/s for writes, it’s still a very fast storage setup.
MSI Titan HX AI – Who Is It For?
With all of the testing and daily use impressions out of the way, it begs the question of who this laptop is really for. The fact of the matter is that there are plenty of options that cost significantly less if all you’re interested in is gaming. But I think that only tells part of the tale. Let me know in the comments below, but to my knowledge, the Titan 18 HX AI is the only laptop of its type that goes quite this “kitchen sink” with what it’s offering. For gaming, you don’t need all of that. Three SSDs packing 6TB of nVME RAID storage and a base config with 64GB of memory are overkill for gaming.
Instead, this is a system you choose when you want to be decadent and truly get closer to a desktop level gaming experience. The combination of its features are what elevate it to being just so good. In sheer fps, it beats the Razer Blade 16, but that’s what you would expect from a bigger, higher power laptop, with more room for cooling. Put it against a more evenly matched RTX 5090 gaming laptop and you’ll find that its performance lead closes significantly. But when you bring all of its features together, from its big and bright mini-LED screen, to its mechanical keyboard and next-gen touchpad, solid speakers, and great programmability, the experience as a whole feels like you’re trading less for its portability.
That’s one side. The other is for the technically minded and demanding sort that want this level of top-shelf componentry and expandability straight out of the box. If you’re a 3D artist or video editor, this system is more than up to the task of rendering your models with its fast CPU, high CUDA core count, and huge frame buffer. Its large memory capacity and four M.2 storage slots also lend this system an edge for that kind of non-gaming, high-performance workstation use.
This isn’t a laptop for the every-gamer. And though MSI is clearly targeting it toward gamers broadly, it’s honestly a terrible value for pure gaming. The fps boost just doesn’t make a big enough difference to justify how much more it costs on that factor alone and the memory and storage are overkill for gaming alone. The HP OMEN MAX 16 drops the memory to 32GB, storage to 1TB, and swaps the screen for a 1600p OLED for only $3,200. The Razer Blade 18 will set you back $5,200 and the Asus ROG Strix Scar 18 $4,500 for similar size and specs – and both offer G-Sync support.
So, the Titan HX AI occupies a unique spot. You have to want those four M.2 slots and higher memory capacity and be willing to pay significantly for it.
A poster for Predator: Badlands released ahead of San Diego Comic-Con 2025 has revealed a first proper look at the new Predator's armor and mask, what is perhaps an Aliens reference — and might even contain a spoiler for the film.
Warning! Potential spoilers for Predator: Badlands follow:
Predator: Badlands, from Prey and Predator: Killer of Killers director Dan Trachtenberg, revolves around a new Predator called Dek. Dek is described as an underdog Yautja “runt” in the protagonist role. Predator movies typically feature Yautja (the name given to the race of alien hunters) in antagonist roles. Dek selects his hunting ground, a “Death Planet” called Kalisk, and it’s here he fights to prove his worth to his father and for acceptance within his own clan.
Predator: Badlands is Dek’s story, but he’s not alone on Kalisk. He also works with a character called Thia, played by Elle Fanning, who as IGN has discussed very much looks like a synth from the Alien franchise.
The poster, reported on by the unofficial SDCC blog, reveals Dek armored up and carrying Fanning’s character on his back. Look closely and you can see that Fanning appears to have suffered significant damage of a kind that rekindles memories of the iconic scene in beloved 1986 action sequel Aliens where Lance Henriksen’s Bishop (also a synth) is torn in half by the xenomorph queen. In the poster, tendrils of synth innards appear to hang from Fanning’s torso, as they did from poor old Bishop all those years ago.
Trachtenberg has said the on-screen relationship between Dek and Fanning’s character was inspired by 2005 PlayStation masterpiece Shadow of the Colossus.
“As inspired as I am by movies, I’ve been very inspired by video games [like] Shadow of the Colossus, where you have a protagonist paired with someone else who provides color and connection,” Trachtenberg explained.
“There’s a thing with a horse in Shadow of the Colossus that’s devastating when you play the game. And so [Predator: Badlands] was a little bit inspired by that in terms of wanting to see the Predator with someone else, this character who’s the opposite of him. He’s very laconic, [Fanning] is not. She’s capable in ways that he is not. Physically, she’s got a real thing that I’m so excited for you guys to see. But I want to let eventually some of that speak for itself.”
It looks like this poster has teased what Trachtenberg was saying here (“physically, she’s got a real thing that I’m so excited for you guys to see”). But as fans have already noted, there were hints at Fanning’s character suffering this injury in the debut Predator: Badlands trailer, where we see her crawling away from what may be a ship crash. Interestingly, we do not see Fanning below the waist in the trailer, either.
There are a number of other Alien references in the Predator: Badlands trailer, as well in the recently released animated film Predator: Killer of Killers, which had sparked speculation Trachtenberg is setting up Aliens vs. Predator 3. Trachtenberg was, as you’d expect, tight-lipped on those Alien connections and Fanning’s character’s nature. “There’s a unique hook to her character that is exciting in the pairing of [her and Dek],” Trachtenberg teased.
Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.
Pokémon Go will continue its summer events plan by driving a big red truck around seven cities in Europe, beginning in the UK next month.
Manchester will host the tour's first stop, before subsequent visits to London, Paris, Valencia, Berlin, Den Haag in the Netherlands and finally Cologne, just in time for Gamescom.
Players who make the trip to a host city will get an array of bonuses around the truck location, including Phanphy, Venipede and Wooloo spawns with boosted Shiny rates, plus raids for a costumed summer Pikachu with the possibility of a Location Background. Timed Research, meanwhile, will offer up a Varoom — the engine-like Pokémon. Plus, of course, you get to look at the big red Pokémon Go truck.
Across the host city, other bonuses will be activated — including 3-hour lures and up to 5 Special Trades per day. Nationwide, meanwhile, Timed Research advertising the upcoming arrival of the Road Trip will award the same summer costumed Pikachu.
Earlier this week, Pokémon Go announced an unprecedented $20 event pass featuring the game's first Golden Bottle Cap item — something that will allow players to increase a Pokémon's stats until they are a rare 100%. Ahead of the item's introduction, fans expressed concern the feature could see the game straying into pay-to-win territory, something director Michael Steranka discussed at length in our exclusive interview.
Separately, IGN also chatted with Steranka about this year's biggest change — that Pokémon Go is now owned by Monopoly Go! maker Scopely, a company backed by the Saudi-founded Savvy Games. How will the change impact the game? IGN put that question to Steranka as well.
Tom Phillips is IGN's News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social
Prime Day 2025 is fast approaching, officially kicking off on July 8 and lasting a whole four days through to 11:59 PM PT on July 11. That's the biggest Prime Day event since its inception around a decade ago.
To celebrate the big event, Amazon already has a healthy selection of early deals that are worth checking out before the big day(s). That includes some discounts for Prime members, alongside a few cheeky discounts for those who aren't currently under the boot of Bezos and Co.
TL:DR: Best Early Prime Day 2025 Deals
I kid, and joke, and josh. Fairly sure Bezos isn't even running things anymore, and I'm hardly going to tell cheap deals are a bad thing (unless you want me to, IGN overlords).
Anyway, to get me to stop rambling, I'm going to run through the 12 big ol' early Prime Day deals that you'll actually want to shop before the event officially kicks off.
But, the better deal is entirely for the young crowd through the "Amazon Prime for Young Adults" scheme, which offers the same benefits, including fast delivery and access to Prime Video, with a few additional features like 5% cashback every day on tech, or 10% during Prime Day, and zero food delivery fees on Grubhub.
This version comes with a six-month free trial, followed by a 50% discount on the standard membership price, reducing the cost to $7.49 per month or $69 per year until the customer turns 25 (or your knees start to ache when you bend down).
3 Months of Audible Premium Plus for $0.99 Per Month
The seasonal Audible deal has returned. Starting now and running through July 31 (including Amazon Prime Day), you can sign up for three months of Audible Premium Plus for just $0.99 per month. Premium Plus is Audible's highest tier plan and normally costs $14.95/mo.
As a additional subscription perk, you get a free audiobook of your choice for each of those three months and you get to keep them indefinitely.
Anyone who doesn't currently have an active Audible membership should be eligible. That includes new subscribers as well as existing members whose subscriptions have since expired.
There's always a small your-mileage-may-vary disclaimer with these types of promotions, but fortunately it's easy to check if you qualify: log into your account, and if you see the $0.99/mo banner right on Amazon's Audible page then you're eligible for this promotion.
Kindle Unlimited - Get Three Months Free
Kindle Unlimited is a great service if you read a lot of books, but only really if the books you like to read are actually included. There are a lot of great reads on Kindle Unlimited at any given time, but it certainly doesn't include everything.
Just like Audible, popular new releases like Sunrise on the Reaping and Onyx Storm, for example, were not included with the subscription and needed to be purchased separately. That being said, if you mostly read LitRPG books like I do, Kindle Unlimited is an incredible value, especially with the early Prime Day deal going now.
Prime Members Can Grab Six Free PC Games Ahead of Prime Day 2025
The Tomb Raider I-III Remastered collection comes as no surprise, since Amazon owns the publishing rights for the next Tomb Raider game. Still, it’s a collection of three games in one that only came out last year, so it’s a pretty good free game.
However, so are others in the collection, like Saints Row 2 and Saints Row IV: Re-Elected, two of the best-received games in the franchise.
Star Wars: Rebellion is a nice little bonus too, as it’s a fun little 1998 RTS game set in the franchise’s expanded universe. It wasn’t received amazingly upon release, but it seems to have found new life in the modern community, getting a “mostly positive” rating on its Steam page.
Beyond Audible and Prime Gaming, you can also find some excellent deals that may not be "Prime Day" exclusive, or branded for that matter, but that are that good that they are worthy of inclusion and discussion.
Switch 2 Accessory Deals at Amazon
We've seen the official Nintendo Switch 2 case and it could be better for the price. It fits the console well enough, but the build quality and protection is lacking and it looks boring for a $40 case.
If you want something that protects your Switch 2 while looking a lot nicer and still maintaining a slim profile, I'd suggest getting the tomtoc Slim Nintendo Switch 2 Carrying Case. In fact, it currently costs $36.99 on Amazon, which is a few dollars cheaper than the official case.
That's not all, however, as you can find plenty more great Switch 2 accessory deals at Amazon right now as well, including his JSAUX 3-pack of Switch 2 screen protectors is $4.99 with promo code SWITCH2GO. That's a mega discount, and well worth picking up.
Used: Like New PlayStation Portal for Under $150 on Amazon
Right now you can pick one up for only $148.81 with free shipping. It retails for $200 new, so that's 26% in savings. A Sony warranty may or may not be included, but Amazon Resale items still get a 30-day return policy.
Save 33% Off the Apple AirPods Pro, the Best Noise Canceling Earbuds for iPhone
The next step down, the Apple AirPods 4 with ANC (active noise cancelation) is down to $148 (normally $179). Finally, the value-packed AirPods 4 without ANC drops to $99.99 (normally $129).
Aetherdrift, one of the latest expansions from 2025, is the main focus of the sale, but you can also pick up products from other sets like Tarkir: Dragonstorm and Bloomburrow, or even check out new deals from Universes Beyond: Final Fantasy.
Silver Buffalo FRIENDS Central Perk Black Ceramic Mug
What more can I say? It's a Friends MUG, and it's just over $6! And it's MASSIVE! Why haven't you already bought five of them? Apparently it's also great to use for soup. Unreal, I want mine to arrive already.
Should You Wait Till Prime Day Proper?
Or even just shop the 4th of July sale? My answer is going to be a reasonding, and unsurprising: do all of the above. Waiting until Prime Day is the smart choice for most things you're looking to buy between now and July 8.
Unless I say otherwise (such as the early deals above that likely won't get any better). Prime Day is hot for discounts on everyday items like batteries, command strips, and everything else you might be interested in like games and tech, so wait it out and find yourself with even more savings.
4th of July weekend sales are also incoming soon, but will likely feature a selection of different deals at other retailers like Walmart and Best Buy. These probably won't be anything amazing, but there does tend to be a few more deals on gaming monitors and TVs during the July 4th sales compared to Prime Day every year.
Will There Be Switch 2 Stock During Prime Day?
While it remains unconfirmed whether Amazon will stock the Nintendo Switch 2 during Prime Day, signs suggest the retailer may finally be preparing to offer the console directly.
The product listing for the Switch 2 + Mario Kart World bundle, previously non-existent, and then dominated by dubious third-party sellers, has now been stripped back and reset to a simple “Currently unavailable” status.
Notably, Amazon has also resumed selling first-party Switch 2 games, a shift that could indicate a broader return of official Nintendo stock to the platform. With Prime Day approaching, it's worth monitoring the listing closely for any movement.
Nintendo Switch 2 consoles are currently sold out at every major retailer. While launch day stock was solid, helping the console shift over 3.5 million units in just four days worldwide, it's been tough to come by ever since. But, there's hope yet with Amazon now almost certainly set to stock the console in the coming weeks.
One possibility is that Amazon could restrict Switch 2 availability to Prime members during the sale, a move that would align with the event's exclusivity model, and give subscribers early access to one of the year’s most in-demand consoles.
James Gunn has moved to clarify comments he made in a recent interview where he said Disney “killed” Marvel by demanding an increased output for the Disney+ streaming platform.
Gunn, who directed the hugely successful Guardians of the Galaxy trilogy of films for Marvel Studios before becoming co-CEO of DC Studios, told Rolling Stone that Disney’s mandate to increase Marvel’s output for the launch of Disney+ — a move Disney CEO Bob Iger has since admitted "diluted the focus and attention of fans" — “wasn’t fair” and “wasn’t right.”
“And it killed them," Gunn added.
Some took this “it killed them" comment as Gunn declaring the MCU dead for good, but in a follow-up post on social media, he clarified that that was not what he was saying at all. Rather, he’s saying the Disney mandate “screwed” Marvel at that time, but it has since managed to recover after the “insanity” died down.
“To be clear — & as IS clear in the context of the interview — I didn't say ‘it killed them’ like they're over but they were screwed by the situation they had no control over,” Gunn said in a post on Threads.
“They're on the other side of that now, which is good. The sacrifice-everything-for-streaming craze killed many good things by forcing a demand for ‘content’ that couldn't possibly be met, putting movies on TV before they had a proper theatrical run & much more. The insanity has died down & balanced out everywhere. Thank God.”
In a subsequent post, Gunn called what was asked of Marvel “an impossible task.”
Marvel’s post Avengers: Endgame struggles are well documented, and MCU movie box office numbers since that record-breaking phase-ender came out in 2019 have been relatively poor, save for breakout hits such as the billion dollar Deadpool & Wolverine.
At the same time, the sentiment is that MCU’s output following Endgame hasn’t met the quality bar set by prior phases. Again, there are exceptions to this, with the likes of 2021’s Spider-Man: No Way Home and Gunn’s own Guardians of the Galaxy Vol. 3 proving a critical and commercial success.
Marvel currently releases far fewer movies and TV shows, with just three MCU movies (Captain America: Brave New World, Thunderbolds* / The New Avengers, The Fantastic Four: First Steps) out in 2025. 2026 currently has just two MCU movies in the books: Spider-Man: Brand New Day and Avengers: Doomsday.
The pressure is now on Marvel Studios to deliver with a ‘less is more’ philosophy, and after the box office stumbles of Captain America and Thunderbolts*, all eyes are on The Fantastic Four to see if the MCU can rekindle its money-making magic. For what it's worth, last month Disney boss Bob Iger bigged up Thunderbolts*, insisting it was “the first and best example” of Marvel’s new commitment to quality over quantity.
In the Rolling Stone interview, Gunn said DC Studios is under no such pressure from parent company Warner Bros. to crank out a certain number of movies and TV shows each year.
“So we’re going to put out everything that we think is of the highest quality,” Gunn explained. “We’re obviously going to do some good things and some not-so-good things, but hopefully on average everything will be as high-quality as possible. Nothing goes before there’s a screenplay that I personally am happy with.”
To that end, the rebooted DCU kicks off with July’s Superman, with Supergirl set to follow next July, and Clayface currently down for September 2026. Peacemaker Season 2 comes out this August, with Lanterns due out at some point early 2026. Batman, though, is causing Gunn more than a few problems.
Photo by Kevin Mazur/Getty Images for Warner Bros. Discovery.
Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.
Remember when retail giant GameStop ruined the launch of Switch 2 for hundreds of customers by stapling receipts through the screens of Nintendo's new console?
Well, GameStop certainly does, as its latest Nintendo Switch 2 advert leans into the snafu to advertise the next wave of console stock arriving in its stores.
"Staples not included," states the advert, posted to GameStop's social media account. "Find a Switch 2 restock at GameStop today." An accompanying image shows the Switch 2 console and a red stapler — with the words "Do Not Use On Box" scribbled on it.
While some fans have reacted to the advert with humor, others suggested it was odd for the retailer to be doubling down on its expensive error that ruined stock worth thousands of dollars.
Impacted customers told IGN they discovered their damaged consoles after returning home to unbox and begin playing their new purchases — only to find their console screens punctured where stapers had been used to affix receipts onto the Switch 2's thin cardboard box.
"Replacements have been offered," GameStop wrote, alongside a GIF showing a scene from 1999 comedy film Office Space where a clueless employee has their office equipment taken away. "Staplers have been confiscated."
Responding to GameStop's latest stapler reference, one customer wrote: "Yall better had replaced every Switch 2 that got those staples in the first place." GameStop replied to say it had now done so. "Auction off the stapler that ruined everything," said another customer, to which GameStop responded with a thinking emoji.
While GameStop has characterised the issue as an unfortunate mistake made by one specific store, IGN has been contacted by customers of other retailers who have experienced similar screen damage due to their Switch 2 boxes being stapled. Indeed, fans have questioned Nintendo's choice of packaging for the Switch 2 in general — with the console's screen positioned facing outwards, leaving it liable to damage.
IGN prevously contacted Nintendo about the issue, though the company simply referred us back to GameStop's own acknowledgement.
Tom Phillips is IGN's News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social
Magic: The Gathering keeps churning out set after set, and 2025 is no different. From mainline sets like Aetherdrift and Tarkir: Dragonstorm, to remasters like Innistrad, and Universes Beyond Final Fantasy, it’s a stacked year—and that’s just the first half of it.
With so much to look forward to, the company has still planned a whole host of Secret Lair card drops throughout the year, and it’s getting pretty tricky to stay on top of everything coming as a result.
It’s been a busy year for Wizards of the Coast’s limited-time mini-sets, and while the company sold out of all three Final Fantasy drops in record time (leaving many disappointed), you can still get them via third-party sellers... if you're willing to pay the inflated costs, that is.
Before we start, it’s worth pointing out that you won’t find Secret Lair drops at the same price as you’d find them directly from Wizards of the Coast (standard $30 nonfoil, $40 rainbow foil), with most being listed anywhere between $80-$150 or above.
This is a huge markup, so if you're looking to buy, be sure you're 100% informed of what you're paying for. You can buy them from eBay, but we’ve always found TCGPlayer, while still eBay-owned, to be the most secure and trustworthy way to nab Secret Lair drops post-release.
There are a trio of Final Fantasy Secret Lair sets, Weapons, Grimoire, and Game Over, each offering unique art and names for Magic: The Gathering cards. Everything is available in standard and foil, alongside the Japanese variants as well.
Here’s how you can grab each, what’s included, and all the key info you need to help you decide whether you still want these to add to your collection via third party seller listings selling at a premium.
Secret Lair x Final Fantasy: Game Over (Jun 9) - 5 cards
Spira’s Punishment (Day of Judgement)
Absorb into Time (Temporal Extortion)
Merciless Poisoning (Toxic Deluge)
Unseat the Usurper (Praetor’s Grasp)
Meteorfall (Star of Extinction)
Secret Lair x Final Fantasy: Grimoire (Jun 9) - 5 cards
Yuna’s Holy Magic (Prismatic Ending)
Hope’s Aero Magic (Cyclonic Rift)
Noctis’ Death Magic (Damn)
Vivi’s Thunder Magic (Lightning Bolt)
Aerith’s Curage Magic (Heroic Intervention)
Secret Lair x Final Fantasy: Weapons (Jun 9) - 5 cards
Yuna’s Sending Staff (Staff of the Storyteller)
Clive’s Invictus Blade (Blade of Selves)
Cloud’s Buster Sword (Umezawa’s Jitte)
Gaia’s Dark Hammer (Colossus Hammer)
Tidus’s Brotherhood Sword (Sword of Truth and Justice)
Where You Can Still Buy Secret Lair Drops
With each Secret Lair drop being particularly limited in its availability, your best bet is naturally to look on the secondhand market.
While some can be found at Amazon and other generalist stores, these don’t have the same level of quality assurance as specialist retailers like TCGPlayer, Card Kingdom, Magic Madhouse, and others.
So what's been popular in 2025 besides Final Fantasy? As things stand, the most notable heavy-hitters from this year so far include Deadpool, Spongebob, and our furry friends. Here's where you can still buy the sets at market price.
There’s also a good chance you may need to buy cards individually, rather than in predetermined Secret Lair sets, so consider picking them up piecemeal if the opportunity presents itself.
If you’re lucky enough to have a local game store that’s offering a large collection of Magic: The Gathering singles, it’s worth taking a look—you might end up finding a Secret Lair card lurking in a binder or loose in a box somewhere (perish the thought!).
Secret Lair Release Schedule for 2025
We’ve got the full list below for every Secret Lair drop already released in 2025, alongside the best places to buy each set, or even the individual cards. Let’s dig in.
Animar and Friends - February 3
This five-card set includes art from Jack Teagle for Mulldrifter, All Will Be One, Benevolent Hydra, Forgotten Ancient and Animar, Soul of Elements.
Artist Series: Jesper Ejsing - February 10
This Secret Lair drop includes four cards with artwork from Danish illustrator Jesper Ejsing, including Sun Titan, Deflecting Swat, Llanowar Elves and Breeches, Eager Pillager.
Lorwyn Lightboxes - February 10
Still available from Wizards at the time of writing, Lorwyn Lightboxes are stylised versions of Ancient Ampitheater, Auntie’s Hovel, Gilt-Leaf Palace, Secluded Glen and Wanderwine Hub.
City Styles 2: Dressed to Kill - February 10
Giving an urban theme to Karmic Guide, Ninja of the Deep Hours, Captain Sisay, Selvala, Explorer Returned and Veyran, Voice of Duality, this Secret Lair is long gone.
Arcade Racers - February 10
With gorgeous pixel art, arcade theming, these versions of Big Score, Final Fortune, Heat Shimmer, Roiling Vortex, and Wheel of Misfortune are eye-catching and still in stock.
Aether Drifters - February 10
Aping the design of Hot Wheels packaging, these Aether Drifters include reversible cards for six vehicles including Mechtitan Core and Smuggler’s Copter.
Featuring: Mitsuhiro Arita - February 10
This collection offers four Magic The Gathering cards from longtime Pokemon illustrator Mitsuhiro Arita. Murktide Regent, Lightning Bolt, Shorikai Genesis Machine and Light-Paws, Emperor’s Voice look incredible.
Cats vs Dogs - March 17
This double drop pits canines against felines. Both include Escape to the Wilds, Titanic Ultimatum, Rip Apart, Arcane Signet and Basilisk Collar, but with art to signify your chosen species.
Spongebob: Squarepants - March 24
With Spongebob and pals taking cardboard forms, collectors can grab 7 individual pieces, including Plankton, Mr. Krabs, Squidward, and, of course, Patrick Star and Spongebob SquarePants himself as part of the Legends of Bikini Bottom set.
There’s also a Lands bundle for the Nickelodeon favorite, and a meme-focused set of spells, too.
Twisted Toons - March 24
A little Spongebob-adjacent, these full-art, Toon-inspired cards give us Cuphead vibes.
Tragic Romance - March 24
Following a ‘Romantasy’ theme, these cards include Skithiryx, the Blight Dragon, Master of Cruelties, Angel of Despair and Kaalia of the Vast.
They Grow Up So Fast - March 24
This Dragon-centric drop has five cards, each with two versions of Dragonlords like Atarka and Dromoka. Both versions are the same card, but with a young and mature version of each dragon.
Pick’em and Stick’em - March 24
This intriguing set is still in stock, and offers cards and accompanying stickers for players to customise them with. Clever Impersonator, Hedron Crab, Pitiless Plunderer, a Treasure Token and Thalia, Heretic Cathar are included.
Garden Buds - March 24
Billed as the last remnants of an Ashaya, Soul of the Wild Commander deck that was lost to time, these seed-style cards include Harrow, Elvish Reclaimer, World Shaper and Horn of Greed with art from Jordan Crane.
Oishi! Tokens - March 26
Inspired by Japanese food packaging, this set includes four Food Tokens, and is sold out.
Secret Lair x Marvel’s Deadpool - April 1
The Merc with a Mouth’s Secret Lair has sold out, but it’s well worth a look if you can find it on the secondhand market. Fourth Wall-breaking versions of Deadly Rollick, Saw in Half, Blasphemous Act and Vandalblast are here, as well as Deadpool, Trading Card.
Adventures of the Little Witch - April 22
This adorable set has Secret Rendezvous, Serenity, Esika’s Chariot and Realms Uncharted, all with Heikala’s inimitable artwork and use of color.
VROOOOOMMMMMM - April 28
Toru Terada lends his incredible art to Lava Dart, Monastery Swiftspear, Soul-Scar Mage, Underworld Breach, and Mishra’s Bauble. Still available, too.
Everything Is On Fire - April 28
This set is all about bringing the heat, with spicy new art for Chain Lightning, Dragon’s Rage Channeller, Lava Spike, Rift Bolt and Skewer the Critics.
Featuring: Jay Howell - April 28
Jay Howell’s Secret Lab set includes cartoonish versions of Marchesa, the Black Rose, Uncivil Unrest, Treasonous Ogre, Priest of Forgotten Gods and Agent of Treachery, all from the guy who designed the cast of Bob’s Burgers.
Secret Lair X KEXP: Where the Music Matters - April 28
This set of Land cards includes two of each basic land type for a total of 10 in the set, and is inspired by the independent radio station KEXP.
Secret Lair X KEXP: You Are Not Alone - April 28
Another KEXP collab, this one has a series of colorful card varients that lean into a “group-hug” deck theme. Cultural Exchange, Folio of Fancies, Concordant Crossroads, Rites of Flourishing and Font of Mythos are included.
Everyone’s Invited! - May 12
This double rainbow foil Secret Lair drop is still available (for $200, we might add) and includes Shapeshifters, Dryads, Elementals, Faeries, Slivers, Cats and more. Ten foil cards, four foil tokens, one foil display card and 90 reprints.
Slay the Day - May 19
The latest set at the time of writing includes Marwyn, the Nurturer as well as Liesa, Shroud of Dusk, Oloro, Ageless Ascetic, and Slythis, Harvest’s Hand.
Final Fantasy - June 9
What is Secret Lair?
Secret Lair is a limited-time drop of cards that are usually offered as bundles for a day or two at the most before they sell out.
They’ve had some wild theming in the past, but with Magic: The Gathering channelling its inner Fortnite, the crossovers are becoming more and more frequent (in fact, Fortnite has had its own Secret Lair set because, of course, it has).
The cards have new artwork, but are based on existing cards in terms of gameplay functionality, so you can expect to use them in competitive play, so long as the original card is still in the standard rotation.
As of the debut of Final Fantasy’s Universes Beyond set, that list of Standard rotation sets runs until Brother’s War.
Lloyd Coombes is Gaming Editor @ Daily Star. He's a big fan of Magic: The Gathering and other collectible card games, much to his wife's dismay. He's also a tech, gaming, and fitness freelancer seen at Polygon, Eurogamer, Macworld, TechRadar, Tom’s Guide, IGN, and more.
All the big summer presentations are now complete, which means we now have a pretty clear picture as to what games we’ll be playing over the next year or so. Across IGN’s Summer of Gaming we’ve seen plenty of exciting reveals, from the debut of Resident Evil Requiem as part of Summer Game Fest (arriving next February!) to the big Clockwork Revolution trailer during the Xbox Games Showcase (which launches… when it launches.)
With more than a dozen presentations held over the last few weeks, there has been at least a little something for everyone. Cozy gamers found games to love among the trailers featured in Wholesome Direct, fans of the grimdark future got excited about Warhammer Skulls, and first-party devotees feasted on PlayStation’s State of Play and the Xbox Games Showcase. But with everything now out in the wild, it’s time for the hard work: to rank the biggest reveals.
We’ve selected the 25 biggest games of the season, based on a multitude of factors (including trailer and page views, social media chatter, and staff excitement) and entered them into a Tier List. Where each of those 25 games sits on the Tier List is up to you. S rank is for the most exciting, D rank is for the games you think show little promise, and then there’s space for everything else in between.
Among the 25 games are many that have an easy shot at hitting S rank. Resident Evil Requiem proved itself as the biggest, most-watched trailer of the season, and our hands-on preview suggests it's certainly one to watch. And how about Invincible VS, which looks like a fantastic tag-team fighter as well as a pitch-perfect adaptation of the beloved comics? Then there’s 007 First Light with its cinematic first trailer – but will the Bond film vibes be matched by worthy gameplay?
Other games are tricker to rank. We finally, after years of waiting, saw Capcom’s Pragmata, but does it look as exciting as you’d hoped it would? How about the announcement of the Silent Hill remake? We’ve not seen a second of it, but it is being developed by Bloober Team, who knocked it out the park with its Silent Hill 2 remake. And then there’s sentient lighthouse simulator Keeper, Double Fine’s long-awaited return, but its debut trailer seemed to keep at least a few cards close to its chest. Where will all these games (and more) rank? It's up to you to decide.
Disney has hidden a sneaky hint to the real villain of upcoming Black Panther spin-off show Ironheart in the show's newly-confirmed episode schedule, fans believe.
The episode schedule for Ironheart, shared on Marvel Studios' social media accounts, confirms the its six-episode run will arrive in two batches, with the first three episodes available June 24. But it's the second set of episodes, available July 1, which fans are most interested in.
Here, the series' penultimate episode, Karma's A Glitch, includes the letter M written in red ink — something fans say suggests that this is when Mephisto himself will appear.
Mephisto is a red demonic character referred to in Marvel comics as The Devil, and he has a long history of making villainous appearances opposite characters such as Spider-Man, Doctor Strange and Scarlet Witch.
The character has long been expected by fans to eventually make an MCU appearance, with many believing he would debut in Wandavision, or last year's Agatha All Along. But multiple reports by Deadline have pegged Ironheart as the character's place of debut — and stated that Borat star Sacha Baron Cohen is playing the role, in a mix of live-action and CGI.
While Ironheart follows the further adventures of tech genius Riri Williams, introduced in Black Panther: Wakanda Forever, a trailer released last week delved more into the upcoming series' magical side — and revealed the heroine would wear a magic-powered Iron Man-style suit.
Fans say that the show's blending of technology and magic hints at something more fantastical bubbling under its MIT-set surface, and while earlier trailers have focused on Williams' relationship with the magically-gifted Parker "The Hood" Robbins (Hamilton's Anthony Ramos), this character is likely just a gateway to the series' true magical source.
While not part of Ironheart's officially-announced cast, Deadline reported in late 2022 that Baron Cohen had filmed scenes for Ironheart in a secret role, believed to be that of Mephisto. For now, Disney is keeping quiet about the actor's involvement — though it seems we know when to expect his arrival.
Ironheart is the next chapter of the MCU set to debut, following the big screen launch of Thunderbolts*/New Avengers earlier this year, and the highly-anticipated arrival of The Fantastic Four: First Steps on July 25, 2025.
Tom Phillips is IGN's News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social
Nintendo has issued an update to Mario Kart World that fixes a number of in-game issues, including instances where the game would crash.
Available to download now, and applied automatically when Nintendo Switch 2 owners next load the game, Version 1.1.1 is the first Mario Kart World update to arrive since the racer's day one update landed two weeks ago, unlocking online play on Nintendo's new console.
Fans have spent the past fortnight discovering all manner of Mario Kart World secrets, from unlocking Rainbow Road and Mirror Mode to discovering several Nintendo Easter eggs. But some fans have experienced issues — which today's patch now seeks to address.
Fixes in Version 1.1.1 include the possibility for Mario Kart World to crash when watching replays or after an Online Play race.
There's also an update to the DK Spaceport track, patching up the problem where players could slip through a wall right before the finish line. The full list of patch notes lie below.
Latest update: Ver. 1.1.1 (Released June 17, 2025)
Fixed Issues
Fixed an issue where items were no longer able to be used.
Fixed an issue where sometimes controls were inoperable when selecting a character and trying to start Free Roam from the “Free Roam” map.
Fixed an issue where sometimes the game shut down when watching replay after a race.
Fixed an issue where sometimes the game shut down after a race in “Online Play.”
Fixed an issue where rate fluctuations were sometimes displayed incorrectly in “Knockout Tour” and “Online Play.”
Fixed an issue where it was easy for a communication error to occur when trying to join Friends playing “VS Race” or “Battle” in “Online Play.”
Fixed an issue where you sometimes slipped through the wall before the finish line of “DK Spaceport.”
Fixed an issue where you sometimes couldn’t return to correct position after falling of the course between “Airship Fortress” and “Bowser’s Castle” while gliding.
So, what's next for Mario Kart World? Nintendo hasn't said. But as players work to increase their online ranks, and complete yet more P-Switches in the game's Free Roam world, fans are now keen to hear how the game might be expanded in future with new costumes, missions — or even all-new tracks and areas.
"Mario Kart World may not make the most convincing case that going open-world was the boost the series needed, but excellent multiplayer racing, incredible polish, and the thrilling new Knockout Tour mode still more than live up to its legacy," IGN wrote in our Mario Kart World review.
Mattel has revealed three new exclusive toys being sold at this year's San Diego Comic-Con, and there's a definite theme to this year's lineup. It's all about girl power, whether you prefer the high-speed antics of Mario Kart's Pauline or the dark energy of Elvira, Mistress of the Dark.
Check out the slideshow gallery below for a closer look at all three SDCC exclusives, and then scroll down to find out how you can acquire them for your collection:
Joining Mattel's growing lineup of Mario Kart toys, Pauline depicts the iconic mayor of New Donk City riding her pink Badwagon kart. The toy comes packaged inside a special display box.
Elvira, meanwhile, is the latest addition to Mattel's popular Monster High line of dolls. The Monster High Skullector Elvira comes with a faux-leather dress and is based on the likeness of actress Cassandra Peterson. You can even see Peterson posing with the doll in the gallery above.
Finally, also joining the Monster High line is Sweet Screams Twyla. This doll includes an appropriately cotton candy-themed outfit and even comes with a cotton candy-scented bunny companion.
“This lineup of collectibles salutes the fearless, fashion-forward and cherished female characters that continue to break boundaries,” said Nick Karamanos, senior vice president, Mattel Creations & Entertainment Partnerships at Mattel, in a statement. “From gothic glam to gaming icons, these collectibles honor the fan-favorite heroines from the franchises our fans know and love.”
All three items will be sold at SDCC 2025, which runs from July 24-27. Mattel will have an exhibit at Booth #3029, though the toys themselves can be purchased at Mattel merchandise booth (#2945). Select quantities of Pauline and Twyla will also be made available on the Mattel Creations website after the show, but Elvira will strictly be sold in-person at SDCC.
Shipping is expected for next week, from June 25 onwards for the Mario Kart World Bundle, and June 30 for the standard Switch 2.
These will likely continue to get pushed back while more orders pile in, and Amazon will try to manage the huge demand of the console while it's still in stock.
This is the first major restock at a UK retailer since the console launched, and sold over 3.5 million units worldwide in just four days.
Stock was fairly available on release day, but promptly sold out and has been rather elusive ever since. But now with Amazon's latest restock, it's good news for anyone seeking out the Switch 2.
Nintendo's Exclusive Pokémon Legends: Z-A Switch 2 Preorder Bundles
My Nintendo Store UK has finally opened preorders for Pokémon Legends: Z-A, and it’s offering the biggest range of preorder bonuses so far for the upcoming Switch 1 and Switch 2 RPG.
Every version of the game includes a free Partner Figurine featuring Tepig, Chikorita, and Totodile posed together.
Beyond that, three separate preorder bundles are available, priced between £56.99 and £78.99, each packed with exclusive Pokémon merchandise. The standout is the Mega Evolution Bundle, which includes a Z-A starter Pokémon pin set in a collector’s case, plus two detailed figurines of Mega Charizard X (8 x 10cm) and Mega Charizard Y (8 x 8cm).
Other UK retailers already have preorders live too. Amazon’s listing sits at £52.95 for the Switch 2 version and remains one of the cheapest, while Pokémon Center UK is bundling plush toys of the game’s starter Pokémon.
Where to Buy Switch 2 Games and Accessories (UK)
You can also currently place orders on the vast majority of games, controllers, cases, additional storage, and extra gadgets to add to your Nintendo Switch 2 order and complete your set-up.
Mario Kart World and Donkey Kong Bananza also aren't currently showing within the complete collection via Nintendo's Amazon page, but each is still available to preorder for £74.99 and £64.99, respectively.
While the hub page for the NSO Memberships does mention the service does have a 7-day trial available for those who have never subscribed, it also specifically states that said trial cannot be used to purchase premium items like the Switch 2.
Among all of the other retailers, we have found Amazon UK's to be the best in terms of default pricing and delivery, since you not only do not have to pay until dispatch, but you'll also get free delivery with Amazon Prime.
Meanwhile, while Argos only allows you to pay immediately, you can connect your Nectar card to earn points to redeem for money off future orders.
Nearly 3,000 Switch 2 consoles have been reported stolen from a truck transporting stock between Nintendo of America's headquarters and a Texas GameStop store.
Police investigating the Nintendo Switch 2 theft, discovered while the driver was mid-route in Colorado, said the value of the lost consoles amounts to $1.4 million, per local ABC News affiliate Denver 7.
Tracking down the culprit, or culprits, may not prove easy, however — as investigators say they are currently unsure exactly where the theft took place along the driver's 1,332-mile journey.
Was this a planned operation, with the truck tracked from Nintendo's headquarters in Redmond, Washington and targeted specifically? Or was this a random theft? Police say multiple pallets of Switch 2 stock were shifted from the truck's trailer — suggesting at least some level of organisation.
If caught, police say those responsible could face multiple felony charges for theft. The driver, meanwhile, has said he wasn't aware he was transporting stock of Nintendo's new console.
Local police have asked for any information about the crime, with a tip line available on 720-874-8477.
Nintendo Switch 2 finally launched worldwide earlier this month, and went on to sell 3.5 million consoles over its first few days on sale. Despite early fears over stock shortages, Nintendo has managed to keep its new console relatively available — though incidents such as this won't help.
Still, thieves have been targeting expensive video game stock for years. Back in 2020, around the launch of PlayStation 5, Sony's in-demand new console was being stolen from moving vehicles in the UK via a technique known as the 'rollover'. The Times reported that British gangs had used the technique dozens of times to swipe PS5 consoles from trucks while on the road, with other vehicles used to box in the truck while a thief attached to a rope climbed aboard at speeds up to 50mph, and used cutting tools to get inside.
Director of the upcoming Elden Ring Movie, Alex Garland, is on his seventh playthrough of FromSoftware's epic fantasy RPG, and has revealed the boss he found the toughest to take down.
Speaking to IGN ahead of the release 28 Years Later — the zombie apocalypse film he has written 23 years on from penning the first movie in the franchise — the Ex Machina and Civil War director revealed which of all of the famed foes in Elden Ring that he has settled on being the most difficult: Malenia, Blade of Miquella.
“It's Malenia who's the tough one”, Garland explained. “I'm now on my seventh playthrough of that game. I've leveled up, I've got lots of juice, and a cool sword, and stuff like that, and I just throw myself at them again, and again, and again, and again.”
“That was the technique I learned with Dark Souls," he continued. “It's not that you get better, it's more like monkeys and typewriters. You just keep doing it, and eventually, one day they're dead.”
But it turns out, Garland never had quite the trouble with Starscourge Radahn, instead offering his very own game help guide on how to take down the gravity magic-harnessing horseman.
“Radahn's really easy”, stated Garland. “I thought Radahn was quite easy, because as long as you sort of activated the people who can assist you in that fight, they get on with fighting him, and they take off whatever it is, half his energy, and you finish him off. It's all about activating those little summon signs dotted around.”
Can we expect either of these bosses to appear in A24's upcoming Elden Ring film adaptation? Well, as you may expect, Garland gave us no details on what he plans to do with the project. Indeed, we know next to nothing about the Elden Ring movie, which is in the works from Garland as writer and director, Elden Ring publisher Bandai Namco, and A24. Game of Thrones author George R. R. Martin, who helped create the original Elden Ring, is attached as a producer on the movie, as is Vince Gerardis. DNA’s Peter Rice will also produce, along with Andrew Macdonald and Allon Reich from DNA. There’s no word yet on how involved FromSoftware or game director Hidetaka Miyazaki will be.
What do you think the story of the Elden Ring movie should be? I, for one, think it would be smart to tackle a prequel based on the events of The Shattering, rather than the story of the game itself. Got your own idea? Let us know in the comments below!
Simon Cardy is a Senior Editor at IGN who can mainly be found skulking around open world games, indulging in Korean cinema, or despairing at the state of Tottenham Hotspur and the New York Jets. Follow him on Bluesky at @cardy.bsky.social.
If you’re making a Terminator video game, you ideally want to be able to include Arnold Schwarzenegger in all his glory. That, however, isn’t always possible. Why? The developer of an upcoming Terminator video game has offered an explanation.
Terminator 2D: No Fate, due out this September, is a retro game based on 1991 action masterpiece Terminator 2: Judgment Day. It features iconic characters from the movie, such as John and Sarah Connor, the T-1000 and the T-800. Check out gameplay and comments from the developers at Bitmap Bureau in the video below.
But while Terminator 2D: No Fate does feature the T-1000 and the T-800 characters, it does not feature Arnie’s likeness. Speaking to IGN, publisher Reef Entertainment explained why, and in the process lifted the lid on how licenses like these tend to work for video games.
Reef, with the Terminator 2 license to play with, has the rights to use the characters from the movie such as Sarah and John Connor, and on top of that, it has image rights for certain actors who have provided those rights to Studio Canal, which owns the rights to the first two Terminator films, as part of the agreement.
But the rights to use the Terminator itself does not include the rights to use Arnie's likeness. That’s why Terminator 2D: No Fate uses the endoskeleton for character artwork, rather than Arnie’s likeness.
As well as all that, Reef got in touch with Michael Edwards, the actor who played General John Connor in the iconic opening of Terminator 2, to do a likeness deal for the video game. Terminator 2D: No Fate includes gameplay that sees the player control future war John Connor in a fight against the machines, fleshing out that brief opening scene in the movie into an entire section of the video game.
In the movie, you only see Edwards’ John Connor for a few seconds, but those seconds are memorable indeed; his heavily scarred face and steely gaze looking out over the battlefield tell us he’s seen and done all sorts in humanity’s desperate struggle for survival against the machines. So Reef reached out separately to the 80-year-old actor to do a deal.
(It turns out that in 2021, Edwards reprised the role of John Connor in a fan-made Terminator film called Skynet.)
In short: there’s a difference between signing the Terminator 2 license and having the agreement to use the characters, compared to the actor’s likeness, which is separate.
This isn’t to say it is impossible to get Arnie’s likeness for use in video games. After all, Mortal Kombat developer NetherRealm has managed it multiple times, most recently for Mortal Kombat 1’s DLC character Conan the Barbarian. Before that, NetherRealm managed to get Arnie for the Terminator T-800 DLC character in Mortal Kombat 11. But there’s a gulf between the scope of a game like Terminator 2D: No Fate and the Warner Bros.-backed Mortal Kombat series.
And it’s worth noting that while NetherRealm’s Arnie likeness is in, a soundalike voice actor (Chris Cox) was used for his lines. It doesn’t look like the 77-year-old Schwarzenegger is in the business of doing video game voice work.
Here’s Reed Entertainment’s comment to IGN on how all this works in full:
Arnold Schwarzenegger isn't in the game it’s just a T800. We didn't have his license, unfortunately. But for the rest, you have to ask each actor individually to use his portrait.
What we have is the right to use the characters. So like Sarah, John, T1000, T800, and then certain actors will also provide image rights to Studio Canal, which is included in the agreement. For example; Linda Hamilton is Sarah Connor, which is why you can see Linda at the beginning of the trailer. Whereas our right to use the Terminator itself, it doesn't include Arnold. When you see the character artwork for that, you'll see it's like the Terminator itself rather than Arnold. It's basically the endoskeleton that we have the right to use.
Michael Edwards played the future war version of John in the opening of T2. You see him, he lowers his binoculars, he's looking over the battlefield. Someone like that, we reached out separately to him to include his likeness. There's a definite difference between signing the T2 license and having the agreement to use the characters compared to the actor's likeness, which is separate.
Photo by CBS via Getty Images.
Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.
Relics are the potent items that can give your Nightfarer an extra boost on every run of Elden Ring Nightreign. There is also, as it turns out, a limit on just how many you can have stored up in your hideaway.
One user on the r/Nightreign subreddit posted an image from their Elden Ring Nightreign game today, with a special message appearing over their attempts to start an expedition. "Cannot launch expedition: Too many relics in possession," read the message. "Please use the relic rite menu to sell off spares."
The user u/Scufozzover1 didn't specify exactly how many they had, only ball-parking an estimate of "upwards of 1000 maybe." It's easy to theorize this might be related to a general 999 item limit, but unless you'd like to grind out that many relics, it's unclear where the limit actually is.
There are plenty of reasons to clear out your relic storage, mostly for resources. Though if you're just playing run after run of Elden Ring Nightreign I could see losing track of just how many you've accrued.
Comments in the thread have brought up an old critique of Elden Ring Nightreign: the need for relic management. As more relics flood in, it can become a little difficult to keep track of what's what, or adding additional filters that could better sift through the pile.
It's already a bit of a hassle for me now, as I've built up a decent stockpile of basic relics, so I can't imagine what it's like for this Redditor and their apparent hundreds upon hundreds of relics. Maybe this won't be an issue for most players now, but as the weeks and months of Nightreign roll on, it might be worth keeping an eye on. At the very least, it's a good reminder to clean out your unused relics every now and then.
The sales bin is bursting this week, and if you listen closely, you might even hear the cling of cartoon loot being pinched under moonlight. From modern epics to reimagined classics, there's a grab bag of deals that stretches across platforms and genres. No matter your console of choice, there’s something here worth adding to cart before the savings vanish like a stealthy pickpocket.
This Day in Gaming 🎂
In retro news, I’m lighting a 34-candle cake for the arcade version of Bonanza Bros., the split-screen stealther I played the pins off of on Mega Drive. This side-on heist ‘em up from 1990 put players in control of Mobo and Robo, two suave, bug-eyed burglars with a knack for lootin’, lockpickin’, and layin’ cops out by violently opening doors into them.
Back then, Bonanza Bros. stood out for its co-op gameplay and comical visual style, which blended slapstick with high-stakes thievery. It was part sneaking, part shooter, and entirely charming. The way it merged Metal Gear-style infiltration with arcade-speed reflexes gave it a distinct identity; one that would quietly echo in everything from Sly Cooper to Monaco: What’s Yours Is Mine decades later.
Over on Switch, Super Mario RPG drops its price like a Thwomp, making now a great time to revisit the Squaresoft and Nintendo collab that first introduced timed hits to Mario combat. Also worth a look is It Takes Two, the only game to win Game of the Year with mandatory co-op and a scene-stealing book voiced by Josef Fares himself. That's the same man who once flipped off the Oscars live on stage, just in case you'd forgotten.
Xbox Series X players can snag RoboCop: Rogue City for less than a servo meat pie, and its lead, Peter Weller, actually returned to voice the character after years away from the role. Meanwhile, Tekken 8 throws down with a story mode that, in true Mishima tradition, involves volcanoes, shirtless grudge matches, and at least one betrayed family member.
On PS5, Elden Ring rides back into relevance, hot on the heels of its Shadow of the Erdtree expansion. Also worth a look is Epic Mickey: Rebrushed, which restores concept art from the late and great Warren Spector’s original dark Disney vision.
And if you’re on PC, you can’t beat free. Especially when it includes Tomb Raider I–III Remastered, which faithfully preserves Lara’s polygonal charm, swan dives and all. Pair that with a 100 percent discount on Saints Row IV and you've got the perfect combo of spandex and silliness.
Amazon is having a pretty big sale on Magic: The Gathering sealed sets right now, and you can pick up a wide variety of Aetherdrift packs, collector bundles, and Commander decks at great new low prices, and these contain some awesome rare and expensive cards worth the chase.
After covering the big sale, I decided to go a bit further with my coverage and collect 10 of the most valuable cards available in play boosters and collector boosters, so you can track the best and most expensive chase cards from the set while ripping open your new boosters.
TL;DR: 10 Most Valuable Chase Cards From Aetherdrift
Aetherdrift has dozens of borderless, Fracture Foil, First-Place Foil, and Showcase editions of main set cards, but these are the 10 most valuable.
From a competitive standpoint, not many of these see much play, although Ketramose, the New Dawn is the face of a hot new Modern combo deck.
And for you Commander players, this is a great chance to nab the elusive Radiant Lotus Fracture Foil or the Aetherspark First-Place Foil.
The original Kaladesh mono-colored Gearhulks were Standard powerhouses, and these new two-color bad boys are powerful in their own right. Brightglass Gearhulk is the best of the five, and is currently sitting at a market value of $57.05. Find it as low as $42.
9. March of the World Ooze (Showcase Fracture Foil)
This is a pretty neat, if a bit high-cost, anti-control card that can turn your little mana dorks or tokens into beefy 6/6 creatures. Market value is $63.09, but can be picked up for as low as $14.79.
8. Mimeoplasm, Revered One (Showcase Fracture Foil)
I love this as a fun graveyard strategy in Commander, and of course that art is something to behold. It's market value is $67.91, but can be found as low as $23.60.
7. Mu Yanling, Pathfinder (Showcase Fracture Foil)
Another one with gorgeous art, I wouldn't be surprised to see this slotted into a blue artifact-focused Commander deck like Urza, High Lord Artificer. It's currently at a market value of $70.57 and available as low as $26.96.
6. Cursecloth Wrappings (Showcase Fracture Foil)
This is right at home in any Zombie deck. Personally, it's going into my Wilhelt, the Rotcleaver Commander deck. It also has some of the coolest art of any of these cards. Grab it for $83.73 market, or as low as $36.99.
5. The Aetherspark (First-Place Foil)
The Aetherspark is one of the most mechanically-unique cards I've ever seen. It's both an Equipment and Planeswalker, with some powerful Loyalty abilites to boot. It's currently sitting at a market value of $96.92, but you can grab one for as low as $80.
4. Ketramose, the New Dawn (Borderless First-Place Foil)
The First-Place Foil is awesome (better than its regular printing art, in my opinion), and this is one of the most played chase cards from the set. It's currently at $98.54 market value, but can go as low as $75.
3. Chandra, Spark Hunter (Showcase Fracture Foil)
This version of iconic Planewalker Chandra Nalaar has great synergy with Vehicles and other artifacts, and is currently sitting at a market value of $136.60. However, you can find it for as low as $31.
2. Loot, the Pathfinder (Showcase Fracture Foil)
Loot is undeniably adorable, but you'd be hard-pressed to see this showing in many decks due to its mana cost and slow set up. Still, you can grab it for $209.63 market or as low as $58.87.
1. Radiant Lotus (Showcase Fracture Foil)
This might be one of the prettiest Magic cards I've ever seen. It's currently sitting at a staggering $275.86 market price, but some vendors have it for as low as $99 if buying singles is more your bag than gambling on cracking packs.
Which Aetherdrift Sealed Products Should I Get?
If you're looking to chase these valuable cards by cracking packs, I'd recommend picking up an Aetherdrift collector booster box. It's currently 42% off at Amazon, setting you back $174.99.
We've featured it as part of the best early Prime Day deals, since we're unlikely to get better deals on Magic cards between now and Prime Day on July 8-11.
Moreover, for the keen collectors out there with maybe a little too much money, we've also recently covered the ins and outs of finding Final Fantasy x Secret Lair cards after they sold out when buying directly through Wizards of the Coast. It's set to be one of the biggest Secret Lair releases of the year, and fairly hard to come by without resorting to the secondary market.
More Magic: The Gathering Deals
Aetherdrift isn't the only expansion getting discounts. Seemingly random products across older expansions, including pre-release kits and play booster boxes, have also gotten price drops on Amazon.
Keep in mind that older expansions may not be legal in current Standard play, so it's worth doing some research based on whether you're buying cards for a personal collection or competitive play.
Warner Bros. Games is restructuring its interactive entertainment endeavors to focus on four key franchises: Mortal Kombat, Harry Potter, DC, and Game of Thrones.
Details on the company-wide overhaul come from Variety, which says the changes involve a leadership shake-up but will not result in any layoffs or the exit of any executives. Instead, three key Warner Bros. Games names have been promoted as the gaming branch shifts its focus to its more reliable brands.
Warner Bros. Games Montreal studio head Yves Lachance now serves as senior vice president, development and will watch over games based on the Harry Potter and Game of Thrones franchises. Meanwhile, NetherRealm Studios’ Shaun Himmerick is taking on the senior vice president, development role to maintain the company’s Mortal Kombat and DC Universe efforts. Finally, Warner Bros. Games New York’s Steven Flenory has been promoted to senior vice president, central tech & services and will manage game and publishing technology, customer service, quality assurance, and user research.
"Our company is home to some of the biggest franchises in the world, and we are optimizing our team structure to develop long-term franchise roadmaps to delight players and fans of Harry Potter, Game of Thrones, Mortal Kombat and DC games.
“Our company is home to some of the biggest franchises in the world, and we are optimizing our team structure to develop long-term franchise roadmaps to delight players and fans of Harry Potter, Game of Thrones, Mortal Kombat and DC games,” Global Streaming & Games CEO J.B. Perrette said in a statement. “We are very fortunate to have a strong stable of development and technology talent, and Yves, Shaun and Steven are respected leaders with excellent track records in their areas of expertise. I’m looking forward to working closely with them and the team as we work to make the best games possible for our key franchises.”
Time will tell how the Warner Bros. Games restructuring will affect the company after its worrying start to 2025. It began January 23 when it was revealed that boss David Haddad would be leaving the company following noteworthy failures that include the troubled launches of Suicide Squad: Kill the Justice League and MultiVersus.
Shutdown plans for the latter followed only one week later, with an even more substantial blow arriving in February as Warner Bros. Games announced plans to shutter Monolith Productions, Player First Games, and Warner Bros. San Diego alongside the cancelation of its Wonder Woman game.
Today’s restructuring does line up with a strategy Warner Bros. outlined late last year. At the time, it admitted its games business “is substantially underperforming its potential right now,” and would soon shift to lean on titles like Hogwarts Legacy, Mortal Kombat, and Game of Thrones. DC was included in its refreshed plans as well, with Warner Bros. Discovery CEO David Zaslav specifically mentioning Batman of particular importance.
Changes at Warner Bros. Games fall in line with other smaller and larger shake-ups at the company. Just weeks ago, Warner Bros. Discovery announced it would soon split into two media companies: Global Networks and Streaming & Studios. On the streaming end, audiences will soon notice that Max will revert back into HBO Max in the coming months.
Michael Cripe is a freelance contributor with IGN. He's best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).
Amazon has officially revealed the dates for Prime Day 2025, and it's the first time Prime Day will be longer than two days. Running from July 8-11, it's the longest Prime Day since the sales event began 10 years ago. With tariffs on the horizon and prices on the rise, many shoppers (including myself) will be looking forward to this to find some of the best deals of the year. With a longer sales event, we can likely expect more deals this year – right?
Well, not necessarily. Amazon had its longest-ever Memorial Day sale earlier this year by starting it a full week before Memorial Day weekend, but the deals didn't really get any better just because shoppers had more time to browse them. While I don't know for sure that the same will be true for Prime Day this year, I can't help but think the extra two days won't actually have any sort of impact on how many good deals there are.
Still, having extra time to shop a sale that takes place in the middle of the work week is definitely a welcome change. There might also be a few other benefits to having those extra days that we can potentially look forward to.
A Longer Prime Day Could Mean More Lightning Deals
The one major benefit of having more Prime Days is that it opens up the door to more lightning deals, which are already where you'll find the best overall discounts during sales events like these. The downsides are that they can be fairly inconsistent, sell out quickly, or simply expire. Some lightning deals are time-based, meaning they only last for a specific window before they disappear. Others are set up with a limited number of products available at that discount before the deal is removed.
Having two extra days could potentially mean more or lightning deals, but it also means more slots for Amazon to fill with discounts on things nobody will really care about. You'll just need to consistently check Amazon's deals page to see what new flash sales Amazon has dropped each day, which is understandably a chore. Though there's no guarantee you'll find something good just because it's being marketed as a Prime Day deal. Amazon already has new lightning deals every day, regardless of whether a sale is happening or not.
Most of the best deals drop early, though
It's worth noting that outside of lightning deals, the best overall Prime Day deals on Amazon tend to drop either before or on the first day of the event. These are things like discounts on Amazon devices, Amazon subscription services, TVs, and video games that aren't on any sort of timer or limit. So having more time to decide if you should buy some AirPods or get yourself an Audible subscription is great, but it doesn't change the discount at all.
A Longer Amazon Sale Could Mean More Competing Sales
Another potential benefit of a longer Prime Day is an extension of a recent trend. With Amazon's sale taking place in July every year since 2015, other major retailers have started kicking off competing Amazon Prime Day sales of their own. Major retailers like Walmart, Target, and Best Buy have consistently offered some sort of "Prime Day" counter-sale sale over the last few years and 2025 shouldn't be any different.
With Amazon extending its sale, other retailers will be forced to compete with the online retailer in the same time frame. This will hopefully mean that retailers outside of Amazon will have different deals or lower prices on some items during July, but that's not necessarily guaranteed. Amazon tends to match whatever prices other retailers have at any given time anyway, so price drops anywhere online tend to benefit Amazon shoppers regardless of where they came from. These types of discounts also tend to be available for those without a Prime membership as well.
Will Amazon Prime Day 2025 Be Worth Shopping?
Although a longer Amazon Prime Day may not be a reason to rejoice, I do think it is still going to be one of the best times of the year to shop. Tariffs on imports that were threatened then paused are supposed to resume in early August, which means prices are only going to go up this year if those go into full effect. Prime Day has consistently been a good time to find deals, and I expect 2025 will be largely the same. Even if prices aren't incredible, there's no guarantee that they are going to be any better during Black Friday this year. With that in mind, I'd definitely recommend shopping Amazon's sale this year.
There also aren't that many other big sales events on the horizon after Prime Day. There will be some Labor Day sales and October Prime Day, but other than those smaller events Black Friday is the next time you'll be able to save money on most things.
If you're looking for an OLED gaming monitor with a 4K native resolution and a 40" or greater screen size, your options are limited. Fortunately, this rare deal just popped up today and might be right up your alley. Amazon is currently offering the 42" LG Evo C4 4K OLED Smart TV for just $699.99 with free shipping. This is the best price I've seen for this particular size model. Although it's technically a TV, the 42" Evo C4 also doubles as an excellent gaming PC monitor.
Update: Prime Visa cardholders get an additional 10% cashback (normally 5%).
42" LG Evo C4 4K OLED Gaming TV or PC Monitor for $699.99
The 42" is LG's smallest OLED TV. It performs just as well as its larger sized siblings as a gaming TV, but where it really shines is as a gaming monitor for your PC. Whereas most TVs are simply too big for your desk, the 42" is a perfectly manageable size; the smaller screen size combined with the native 4K resolution offers up a respectable 104ppi pixel density. It has four HDMI 2.1 ports that support refresh rates up to 144Hz at 4K. Other gaming features include variable refresh rate, 0.03ms response time, and G-Sync compatiblity, and 4:4:4 chroma sampling for clear, sharp text.
The C4 is the 2024 model in LG's mid-range C-series OLED lineup. Compared to non-OLED TVs, an OLED TV offers superior image quality, near-infinite blacks, near-infinite contrast ratio, and near-instantaneous response times. Because of these advantages, the Evo OLED TV excels at displaying 4K HDR content in all of its intended glory. The C4 uses LG's proprietary Evo panel, which offers higher brightness level and contrast ratio compared to traditional W-OLED TVs (similar to QD OLED panels on Samsung TVs). The LG brand is especially popular because LG OLED TVs have been out for years and benefit from several generations of updates and optimizations.
Looking for more options? Check out all of the best TVs of 2025.
Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn't hunting for deals for other people at work, he's hunting for deals for himself during his free time.
The Star Trek franchise is resurrecting William Shatner's Captain James T. Kirk for a new comic book series called Star Trek: The Last Starship. Building on a plot point introduced in the live-action series Star Trek: Discovery, The Last Starship sees Kirk take command of a new ship in the Federation's darkest hour.
The Last Starship is set in the aftermath of The Burn, the 31st Century disaster which involves the destruction of every active warp core in the galaxy and the deaths of trillions. With the Federation in shambles and space becoming a truly lawless No Man's Land, the mysteriously rejuvenated Kirk will have to assemble a new crew to keep the fire of Starfleet burning.
Check out the slideshow gallery below for a closer look at the first issue of Star Trek: The Last Starship:
The Last Starship is written by Collin Kelly and Jackson Lanzing, who recently wrapped up the Star Trek: Lore War crossover at IDW. The series features art by Star Trek veteran Adrián Bonilla and colors by Heather Moore (Doctor Strange). The first issue features covers by Francesco Francavilla, Skylar Patridge, Michael Cho, and Malachi Ward.
This isn't the first time the Trek franchise has resurrected its most famous captain. 1994's Star Trek Generations bridged the gap between the original series and Star Trek: The Next Generation by briefly pairing Shatner's Kirk with Patrick Stewart's Jean-Luc Picard. Though Kirk dies in Generations, Shatner himself resurrected the character again via a series of non-canon novels that have since been dubbed "The Shatnerverse." But this time, The Last Starship's Kirk appears to be the more youthful TOS version.
"Forget everything you know about Star Trek,” said Lanzing in a statement. “The Last Starship is a new crew, a new era, and a completely different tone; our aim is to be literary, intense, innovative, and most of all, accessible. We're bringing you into the Federation's darkest hour through the brilliant, noir-soaked lens of artist Adrián Bonilla with zero homework required.”
Lanzing continued, “Longtime Trek fans will have a deep and fascinating reading experience, to be sure - this is a pivotal moment in Trek history that's never been even glimpsed before - but above all, The Last Starship is a dark and complex sci-fi you can hand to anyone. We’ve spent the last eight years celebrating all that Trek has ever been. Now, it's time to rebuild it from scratch and discover all it can be."
“The only familiar face is the one you’d never expect to see in this era: Captain James T. Kirk,” said Kelly. “William Shatner’s iconic performance transcends borders - Kirk is one of the great characters of the modern fiction canon with a timeless actor to match. He was also the first Star Trek character we ever wrote - a leader and warrior poet with boundless tragedy and contradiction. Now, we’re honored to be taking this character into truly uncharted, groundbreaking territory in The Last Starship - as the Federation’s greatest pioneer must face down the inferno that threatens to consume his entire legacy.”
Star Trek: The Last Starship #1 will be released on September 24, 2025.
The official Super Mario Bros. Movie original sountrack vinyl record is on sale at Amazon for $41.10 (24% off). The 2023 animated film based on the iconic video game series had its share of issues, but its music was definitely not one of them. Beautifully scored by Brian Tyler with the nostalgic tunes you'd expect from Koji Kondo, this is a great addition to any vinyl collector's ever-growing backlog.
The Super Mario Bros. Movie Original Soundtrack Vinyl Deal
The Super Mario Bros. Movie's original soundtrack is filled top to bottom with bangers and nostalgic hits. The Super Mario Bros. Rap captures the same silliness we've come to know from Grant Kirkhopes DK Rap from Donkey Kong 64, and the rearrangements of classics like the creepy and dark version of the Warp Pipe or the whimsical, slow rendition of main Super Mario Bros. theme in Strange New World is, quite literally, music to my ears.
The songs come on a pair of red and green vinyl records in a nice slipcover case featuring the official movie art. You can open the cover for an extended art of Bowser in his iconic Peaches scene, playing the piano to a backdrop of a beautiful night sky. The art on the back shows Mario, Luigi, and their plumbing van with a Brooklyn backdrop.
See popular vinyl soundtracks from the IGN Store
In IGN's review of the Super Mario Bros. Movie, reviewer Tom Jorgensen gave it an eight and said that it's "a fireball of animated fantasy, overcoming a Paper Mario-thin plot with undeniable charm and energy."
The sequel to the Super Mario Bros. movie, now titled Super Mario World according to leaks, currently has a release date of April 3, 2026. If you stuck around for the first film's post-credits scene, and with the title of the second, you can easily assume a certain green dinosaur will play a major role.
Seemingly out of the blue, Microsoft has come out and announced that it’s teaming up with AMD for its next generation of Xbox "devices." This is frankly the least surprising news I have ever heard in my life, but it does start the conversation about what gaming is going to look like as we head into this new era.
While it’s good to know who’s going to be making the silicon behind the next Xbox, the bigger tidbit is that the Xbox team is going to be “working closely with the Windows team to make Windows the number one gaming platform.” Especially off the heels of the ROG Xbox Ally X last week, it sure sounds like the next Xbox is going to look a lot like a gaming PC.
Working Closely With Windows, Huh?
For the last few generations, Xbox consoles have been getting closer to gaming PCs, down to the operating system they run on. It doesn’t take that keen of an eye to look at the Xbox Series X’s home screen and not notice the similarities to Microsoft’s desktop operating system, especially if you’ve survived Windows 8 and Windows 10.
But in the video Microsoft released for its collaboration with AMD, Xbox president Sarah Bond opened by saying that Xbox’s vision is to allow you to “play the games you want, with the people you want, and wherever you want.” This definitely isn’t a new approach for Microsoft, which has been making its games more accessible for years now, especially since Play Anywhere became a thing.
I regularly play games across my Xbox console and various PCs, and that program allows me to carry over my progress no matter what I’m playing on. This is purely speculation, but it sounds like Microsoft is planning on taking things a bit further this time around. In the video, Bond talks about bringing an Xbox experience that’s not locked to a single store. I might be reading too much into it, but it sure sounds like bringing Steam, Epic Games Store and other launchers to the next Xbox might totally be a thing.
And why wouldn’t it? I mean, Microsoft already did announce an “official” device made in partnership with Asus that’s open to every PC game store. Why stop there?
The ROG Xbox Ally X As a First Step
What separates the ROG Xbox Ally X from the rest of the Windows handhelds is that Microsoft is teaming up with Asus and shipping it with a modified version of Windows. We don’t know the specifics of what that modification will do yet, but we do know that it won’t load certain elements of the desktop operating system when they’re not needed.
More importantly, the system will boot straight into a new version of the Xbox App without loading the regular desktop. If you’ve spent a lot of time with the Steam Deck, you’ll know that’s essentially what SteamOS does with its custom version of Linux. If you want to load up the desktop, you have to manually call it up and go through a loading screen to get there. This makes the Steam Deck easier to use, for sure, but it also allows for much better gaming performance.
If the next Xbox is going to be running on Windows, this approach is going to be absolutely necessary. After all, the main appeal of gaming consoles over a gaming PC is that, because the software is simpler, game engines get much better access to system resources. Microsoft is already building the tools to make this happen, and it’d be weird if it was just for the ROG Xbox Ally X.
The Next Xbox Should Be a PC, Even If It’s Not
PC gaming is in a weird place these days, and it has been for a while. Because while PCs are more powerful than ever and come in all shapes and sizes, there’s one thing they all have in common: They’re expensive. Even recent handhelds that are otherwise awesome, like the Lenovo Legion Go S with SteamOS, are much more expensive than a traditional console.
Microsoft does shoulder some of the blame for this. After all, if you’re buying a Windows gaming laptop or handheld, part of the price goes to the license for the operating system. That’s why something like the ROG Ally with the plain ol’ Z1 chip is more expensive than the Steam Deck, despite the specs being so similar. It’s just something we’ve always had to deal with.
Consoles generally take a different approach. Because they generally make money off of licensing and game sales, console hardware is usually subsidized, allowing them to be cheaper than an equivalent PC – at least at launch.
Microsoft has the opportunity to bring that approach to what is essentially a specialized gaming PC. It’s no secret that PC gaming is getting more popular than ever these days, and this would bring a whole new audience into the scene for the first time.
Since it doesn’t look like graphics cards are going to get any cheaper in the near future, this new Xbox really could be the shot in the arm that PC gaming needs right now.
Jackie Thomas is the Hardware and Buying Guides Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. You can follow her @Jackiecobra
Buydig just dropped the massive 77" LG Evo C4 4K OLED TV. to the lowest price I've ever seen. Right now you can get it for just $1,796.99 with free delivery. Buydig is also throwing in a bonus 4 year third party extended warranty and a $50 prepaid gift card. Buydig is a reputable, established online retailer who is also an authorized LG reseller. The LG Evo C-series of TV has consistently been our favorite high-end 4K TV for current generation console gaming thanks to its outstanding image quality, low input lag, and high refresh rate.
Update: Amazon is also selling this TV for the same price, but without the extended warranty.
77" LG Evo 4K OLED TV for $1,796.99
Includes 4 year extended warranty and $50 prepaid gift card
The C4 is the 2024 model in LG's mid-range C-series OLED lineup. Compared to non-OLED TVs, an OLED TV offers superior image quality, near-infinite blacks, near-infinite contrast ratio, and near-instantaneous response times. Because of these advantages, the Evo OLED TV excels at displaying 4K HDR content in all of its intended glory. The C4 uses LG's proprietary Evo panel, which offers higher brightness level and contrast ratio compared to traditional W-OLED TVs (similar to QD OLED panels on Samsung TVs). The LG brand is especially popular because LG OLED TVs have been out for years and benefit from several generations of updates and optimizations.
The LG C4 has all the features you'd want in a gaming TV as well. It has a native 120Hz panel that can be pushed to as high as 144Hz and all four HDMI ports are 2.1 spec for running games in 4K at up to 120fps on a PS5 or Xbox Series X without any tearing. The C4 also supports variable refresh rate (VRR) and auto low latency mode (ALLM). The C4 is also easier to install than its predecessors; the rear cabinet housing is made of a composite fiber that weighs 36 pounds.
How does the 2024 C4 compare to the 2025 C5?
LG recently launched its new C5 OLED TV for 2025. It improves upon the C4 with an updated Alpha a9 Gen8 processor and a higher peak brightness level, the latter of which is the more significant upgrade. Higher peak brightness means the C5 is able to deliver slightly better contrast ratio, slightly wider color gamut, better glare and reflection handling, and greater usability in very bright (i.e. sunlit) rooms. However, these improvements are worth maybe a few hundred dollars, at most. You can't justify a $1,000 price difference.
Looking for more options? Check out all of the best TVs of 2025.
Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn't hunting for deals for other people at work, he's hunting for deals for himself during his free time.
Sony and Bungie’s Marathon reboot has been delayed to a new, unspecified release date.
The Destiny and Halo developer announced that its previously planned September 23, 2025 release date had been officially removed from the calendar in a post on its website. It’s a message that comes with the promise that an update, as well as a new release date, will be delivered this fall.
“Through every comment and real-time conversation on social media and Discord, your voice has been strong and clear,” Bungie said.
“We've taken this to heart, and we know we need more time to craft Marathon into the game that truly reflects your passion. After much discussion within our Dev team, we’ve made the decision to delay the September 23 release.”
The Marathon delay follows criticism revolving around a Marathon alpha test held in April. The conversation around Bungie’s new take on the live-service, extraction shooter formula has been heated to say the least, so a delay isn’t too shocking.
“The Alpha test created an opportunity for us to calibrate and focus the game on what will make it uniquely compelling — survival under pressure, mystery and lore around every corner, raid-like endgame challenges, and Bungie’s genre-defining FPS combat,” Bungie’s message adds.
“We’re using this time to empower the team to create the intense, high-stakes experience that a title like Marathon is built around. This means deepening the relationship between the developers and the game’s most important voices: our players.”
Sony Interactive Entertainment CEO Hermen Hulst went as far as to address feedback just last week, calling the response from fans “varied.” His comments also included the promise that the Marathon reboot would get a release date set by March 31, 2026, while assuring naysayers that the company had no intention of repeating the mistakes seen with last year’s Concord.
While no new Marathon release date has been revealed, it appears as though players can at least expect to get their hands on Bungie’s latest by March 2026. In the meantime, the studio has laid out three major points of feedback it plans to address that should leave a better taste in players’ mouths. These include “upping the survival game,” which means more challenging and engaging AI encounters, more tense and strategic combat, and a more rewarding experience overall.
Bungie adds that players can expect increased visual fidelity across the Marathon experience along with more story to uncover and a darker tone that falls more in-line with the original Marathon universe. The delay also grants the studio the opportunity to add “more social experiences,” including improvements for solo and duo runs as well as proximity chat.
“You’ll hear from us again later this Fall when we can share the progress we’ve made, alongside the game’s new release date,” Bungie concluded. “Thank you again for your patience and — much more importantly — your passion. Your continued feedback will help us make Marathon the incredible gaming experience we all know it can be.”
Michael Cripe is a freelance contributor with IGN. He's best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).
Hell Motel premieres on Shudder Tuesday, June 17, with new episodes streaming weekly.
Hell Motel is, among other things, an homage to classic slasher movies: The latest miniseries from Slasher masterminds Aaron Martin and Ian Carpenter traps a bunch of people in a seedy motel with a bloody history and then waits for the killing to start. But it’s also a reminder that the movies it’s paying tribute to usually top out at 90 minutes long. Horror tends to overstay its welcome on TV, with the scares turning stale and the tension growing slack while we wait for the final axe to fall – and Hell Motel is no exception. It’s just difficult to keep this sort of thing going for eight hour-long episodes.
The premise is pretty good, though: Thirty years after a Satanic-flavored unsolved murder was committed on the grounds of the remote Cold River Motel, the inn reopens and its new proprietors invite a group of true-crime obsessives for an opening-weekend stay. This creatively assembled group of stock types includes an artist who makes installations of famous crime scenes, a woman who sleeps with serial killers (“One away from a dangerous dozen!”), a podcaster who survived a slasher-esque killing spree, a professor who studies the effect crime stories have on the psyche, an occult practitioner who communes with the spirits, and an actress who starred in a film adaptation of the motel murder. When two strangers show up seeking shelter from an incoming storm, it’s not long until the (inevitable) killing begins, and the guests wonder if whatever happened thirty years ago is happening all over again.
The familiarity feels intentional. Martin and Carpenter are messing around with what we know about this gory subgenre, and there is some fun to be had in the early episodes. The motel is playfully outfitted for the occasion, with dingy decor and a sign for “Pentacle” next to the one for “Gym/Sauna.” The guests arrive in a hearse. Once the storm rolls in, there’s a lovely soft hiss of rain over any scene without an instrumental score. All the characters are pretty annoying, but that fits the theme, since we’re not meant to care too much about them once they start getting picked off one by one. There’s even a jab in a later episode about slasher movies full of “two-dimensional characters so grotesque and idiotic one would hazard they deserved to die,” and, well…
These victims-in-waiting all deliver their lines as if they’re in a dramatic reenactment from a documentary about a famous murder, which would be a fun sort of meta element if we weren’t stuck with it for eight hours. And that’s the main problem with Hell Motel: As soon as the fun and games of the setup is over and the actual plot begins, everything that follows feels increasingly repetitive. Towards the middle of the series, we’re treated to multiple long arguments over who the killer must be – scenes whose main purpose seems to be filling time, since this makeshift jury never actually reaches a verdict before something else goes awry. Those bits are punctured and bookended by the requisite death scenes, which are appropriately bloody and gross (I’ll be thinking about one involving a bunch of nails for a long time), but even those feel rote after four or five episodes of basically the same thing.
Eventually, the momentum can’t be sustained. It’s hard to endure scene after scene after scene of people getting cruelly stabbed and hacked apart for this long – not because the violence is especially bothersome, but because it starts to feel samey. The slasher hardos might feel otherwise, and maybe this is the show for those fans who just want more, more, more. But Hell Motel ultimately doesn’t know what else to do with its premise. There are shades of well-loved horror series like Bates Motel and Hannibal here and there, and some vague thematic material about how easily people turn to violent acts when pressed hard enough. But these are gestures in a show that favors blood and guts over everything else. That’s fun for a while – but eventually you’ll wish you could check out.